gdbarch.h: include regcache.h
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "infrun.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
37 #include "target.h"
38 #include "language.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "block.h"
51 #include "solib.h"
52 #include "solist.h"
53 #include "observer.h"
54 #include "memattr.h"
55 #include "ada-lang.h"
56 #include "top.h"
57 #include "valprint.h"
58 #include "jit.h"
59 #include "xml-syscall.h"
60 #include "parser-defs.h"
61 #include "gdb_regex.h"
62 #include "probe.h"
63 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "continuations.h"
65 #include "stack.h"
66 #include "skip.h"
67 #include "ax-gdb.h"
68 #include "dummy-frame.h"
69 #include "interps.h"
70 #include "format.h"
71
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
75
76 /* readline defines this. */
77 #undef savestring
78
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "extension.h"
81
82 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
83 enum exception_event_kind
84 {
85 EX_EVENT_THROW,
86 EX_EVENT_RETHROW,
87 EX_EVENT_CATCH
88 };
89
90 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
91
92 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
93
94 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
95
96 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
97
98 static void disable_command (char *, int);
99
100 static void enable_command (char *, int);
101
102 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
103 void *),
104 void *);
105
106 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
107
108 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
109
110 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
111
112 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
113 struct linespec_result *,
114 enum bptype, char *,
115 char **);
116
117 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
118 struct linespec_result *,
119 char *, char *, enum bptype,
120 enum bpdisp, int, int,
121 int,
122 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
123 int, int, int, unsigned);
124
125 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
126 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
127
128 static void clear_command (char *, int);
129
130 static void catch_command (char *, int);
131
132 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
133
134 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
135
136 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
137
138 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
139 enum bptype,
140 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
141 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
142 const struct symtab_and_line *);
143
144 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
145 static. */
146 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
147 struct symtab_and_line,
148 enum bptype,
149 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
150
151 static struct breakpoint *
152 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
153 enum bptype type,
154 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
155 int loc_enabled);
156
157 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
158
159 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
160 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
161 enum bptype bptype);
162
163 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
164 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
165 struct obj_section *, int);
166
167 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
168 struct bp_location *loc2);
169
170 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
171 struct address_space *aspace,
172 CORE_ADDR addr);
173
174 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
175
176 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
177
178 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
179 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
180
181 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
182
183 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
184
185 static void commands_command (char *, int);
186
187 static void condition_command (char *, int);
188
189 typedef enum
190 {
191 mark_inserted,
192 mark_uninserted
193 }
194 insertion_state_t;
195
196 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
197 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
198
199 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
200
201 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
202
203 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
204
205 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
206
207 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
208
209 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
210 enum bptype type,
211 int *other_type_used);
212
213 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
214
215 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
216
217 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
218 int count);
219
220 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
221
222 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
223
224 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
225
226 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
227
228 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
229 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
230 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
231
232 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
233
234 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
235 insert locations now. */
236 enum ugll_insert_mode
237 {
238 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
239 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
240 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
241 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
242 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
243 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
244 returns true on them.
245
246 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
247 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
248 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
249 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
250 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
251 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
252 the inferior. */
253 UGLL_DONT_INSERT,
254
255 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
256 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
257 UGLL_MAY_INSERT,
258
259 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
260 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
261 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
262 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
263 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
264 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
265 as no thread is running yet. */
266 UGLL_INSERT
267 };
268
269 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode);
270
271 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode);
272
273 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
274
275 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
276
277 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
278
279 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
280
281 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
282
283 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
284
285 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
286
287 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
288
289 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
290
291 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
292
293 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
294
295 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
296 otherwise. */
297
298 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
299
300 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
301 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
302 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
303 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
304
305 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
306 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
307
308 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
309 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
310
311 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
312 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
313
314 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
315 breakpoints. */
316 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
317
318 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
319 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
320
321 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
322 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
323
324 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
325 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
326 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
327 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
328 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
329 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
330
331 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
332 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
333 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
334 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
335 dprintf_style_gdb,
336 dprintf_style_call,
337 dprintf_style_agent,
338 NULL
339 };
340 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
341
342 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
343 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
344 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
345 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
346
347 static char *dprintf_function = "";
348
349 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
350 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
351 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
352 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
353 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
354 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
355 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
356
357 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
358
359 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
360 has disconnected. */
361 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
362
363 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
364 breakpoints share a single command list. */
365 struct counted_command_line
366 {
367 /* The reference count. */
368 int refc;
369
370 /* The command list. */
371 struct command_line *commands;
372 };
373
374 struct command_line *
375 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
376 {
377 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
378 }
379
380 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
381 current breakpoint. */
382
383 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
384
385 const char *
386 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
387 {
388 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
389 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
390 a breakpoint. */
391 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
392
393 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
394 }
395
396 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
397 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
398 if such is available. */
399 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
400
401 static void
402 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
403 struct cmd_list_element *c,
404 const char *value)
405 {
406 fprintf_filtered (file,
407 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
408 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
409 value);
410 }
411
412 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
413 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
414 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
415 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
416 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
417 static void
418 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
419 struct cmd_list_element *c,
420 const char *value)
421 {
422 fprintf_filtered (file,
423 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
424 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
425 value);
426 }
427
428 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
429 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
430 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
431 use hardware breakpoints. */
432 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
433 static void
434 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
435 struct cmd_list_element *c,
436 const char *value)
437 {
438 fprintf_filtered (file,
439 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
440 value);
441 }
442
443 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
444 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
445 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
446 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
447 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
448 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
449 processing user input. */
450 static int always_inserted_mode = 0;
451
452 static void
453 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
454 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
455 {
456 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
457 value);
458 }
459
460 /* See breakpoint.h. */
461
462 int
463 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
464 {
465 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
466 {
467 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
468 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
469 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
470 return 1;
471 }
472 else if (target_has_execution)
473 {
474 if (always_inserted_mode)
475 {
476 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
477 are stopped. */
478 return 1;
479 }
480
481 if (threads_are_executing ())
482 return 1;
483 }
484 return 0;
485 }
486
487 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
488
489 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
490 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
491 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
492 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
493 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
494 condition_evaluation_auto,
495 condition_evaluation_host,
496 condition_evaluation_target,
497 NULL
498 };
499
500 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
501 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
502
503 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
504 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
505 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
506
507 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
508 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
509 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
510 evaluation mode. */
511
512 static const char *
513 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
514 {
515 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
516 {
517 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
518 return condition_evaluation_target;
519 else
520 return condition_evaluation_host;
521 }
522 else
523 return mode;
524 }
525
526 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
527
528 static const char *
529 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
530 {
531 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
532 }
533
534 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
535 otherwise. */
536
537 static int
538 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
539 {
540 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
541
542 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
543 }
544
545 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
546
547 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
548 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
549
550 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
551 static int overlay_events_enabled;
552
553 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
554 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
555
556 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
557 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
558 current breakpoint. */
559
560 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
561
562 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
563 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
564 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
565 B = TMP)
566
567 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
568 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
569 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
570
571 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
572 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
573 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
574 BP_TMP++)
575
576 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
577 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
578 to where the loop should start from.
579 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
580 appropriate location to start with. */
581
582 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
583 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
584 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
585 BP_LOCP_START \
586 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
587 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
588 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
589
590 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
591
592 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
593 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
594 if (is_tracepoint (B))
595
596 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
597
598 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
599
600 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
601
602 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
603
604 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
605
606 static unsigned bp_location_count;
607
608 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
609 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
610 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
611 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
612 an address you need to read. */
613
614 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
615
616 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
617 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
618 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
619 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
620 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
621
622 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
623
624 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
625 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
626 by a target. */
627 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
628
629 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
630
631 static int breakpoint_count;
632
633 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
634 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
635 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
636 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
637 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
638
639 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
640
641 static int tracepoint_count;
642
643 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
644 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
645 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
646
647 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
648 static int
649 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
650 {
651 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
652 }
653
654 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
655
656 static void
657 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
658 {
659 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
660 breakpoint_count = num;
661 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
662 }
663
664 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
665 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
666 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
667
668 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
669 breakpoint made. */
670
671 void
672 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
673 {
674 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
675 }
676
677 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
678 breakpoint made. */
679
680 void
681 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
682 {
683 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
684 }
685
686 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
687
688 void
689 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
690 {
691 struct breakpoint *b;
692
693 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
694 b->hit_count = 0;
695 }
696
697 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
698 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
699
700 static struct counted_command_line *
701 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
702 {
703 struct counted_command_line *result
704 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
705
706 result->refc = 1;
707 result->commands = commands;
708 return result;
709 }
710
711 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
712
713 static void
714 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
715 {
716 if (cmd)
717 ++cmd->refc;
718 }
719
720 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
721 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
722 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
723
724 static void
725 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
726 {
727 if (*cmdp)
728 {
729 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
730 {
731 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
732 xfree (*cmdp);
733 }
734 *cmdp = NULL;
735 }
736 }
737
738 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
739
740 static void
741 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
742 {
743 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
744 }
745
746 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
747 argument. */
748
749 static struct cleanup *
750 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
751 {
752 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
753 }
754
755 \f
756 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
757 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
758
759 struct breakpoint *
760 get_breakpoint (int num)
761 {
762 struct breakpoint *b;
763
764 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
765 if (b->number == num)
766 return b;
767
768 return NULL;
769 }
770
771 \f
772
773 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
774 evaluating conditions on its side. */
775
776 static void
777 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
778 {
779 struct bp_location *loc;
780
781 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
782 evaluating conditions and if the user has
783 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
784 side. */
785 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
786 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
787 return;
788
789 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
790 return;
791
792 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
793 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
794 }
795
796 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
797 evaluating conditions on its side. */
798
799 static void
800 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
801 {
802 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
803 evaluating conditions and if the user has
804 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
805 side. */
806 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
807 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
808
809 return;
810
811 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
812 return;
813
814 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
815 }
816
817 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
818 condition_evaluation_mode. */
819
820 static void
821 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
822 struct cmd_list_element *c)
823 {
824 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
825
826 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
827 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
828 {
829 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
830 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
831 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
832 return;
833 }
834
835 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
836 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
837
838 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
839 settings was "auto". */
840 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
841
842 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
843 if (new_mode != old_mode)
844 {
845 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
846 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
847 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
848
849 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
850 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
851 */
852
853 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
854 {
855 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
856 target. */
857 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
858 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
859 }
860 else
861 {
862 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
863 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
864 target knows about. */
865 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
866 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
867 loc->needs_update = 1;
868 }
869
870 /* Do the update. */
871 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
872 }
873
874 return;
875 }
876
877 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
878 what "auto" is translating to. */
879
880 static void
881 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
882 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
883 {
884 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
885 fprintf_filtered (file,
886 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
887 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
888 value,
889 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
890 else
891 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
892 value);
893 }
894
895 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
896 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
897 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
898
899 static int
900 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
901 {
902 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
903 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
904
905 if (a->address == b->address)
906 return 0;
907 else
908 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
909 }
910
911 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
912 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
913 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
914 return NULL. */
915
916 static struct bp_location **
917 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
918 {
919 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
920 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
921 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
922
923 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
924 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
925 dummy_loc.address = address;
926
927 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
928 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
929 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
930 bp_location_compare_addrs);
931
932 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
933 if (locp_found == NULL)
934 return NULL;
935
936 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
937 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
938 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
939 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
940 locp_found--;
941
942 return locp_found;
943 }
944
945 void
946 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
947 int from_tty)
948 {
949 xfree (b->cond_string);
950 b->cond_string = NULL;
951
952 if (is_watchpoint (b))
953 {
954 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
955
956 xfree (w->cond_exp);
957 w->cond_exp = NULL;
958 }
959 else
960 {
961 struct bp_location *loc;
962
963 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
964 {
965 xfree (loc->cond);
966 loc->cond = NULL;
967
968 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
969 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
970 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
971 }
972 }
973
974 if (*exp == 0)
975 {
976 if (from_tty)
977 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
978 }
979 else
980 {
981 const char *arg = exp;
982
983 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
984 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
985 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
986 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
987
988 if (is_watchpoint (b))
989 {
990 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
991
992 innermost_block = NULL;
993 arg = exp;
994 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
995 if (*arg)
996 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
997 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
998 }
999 else
1000 {
1001 struct bp_location *loc;
1002
1003 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1004 {
1005 arg = exp;
1006 loc->cond =
1007 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
1008 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
1009 if (*arg)
1010 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1011 }
1012 }
1013 }
1014 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
1015
1016 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1017 }
1018
1019 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1020
1021 static VEC (char_ptr) *
1022 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
1023 const char *text, const char *word)
1024 {
1025 const char *space;
1026
1027 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
1028 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
1029 if (*space == '\0')
1030 {
1031 int len;
1032 struct breakpoint *b;
1033 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1034
1035 if (text[0] == '$')
1036 {
1037 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1038 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1039 return NULL;
1040 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1041 }
1042
1043 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1044 len = strlen (text);
1045
1046 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1047 {
1048 char number[50];
1049
1050 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
1051
1052 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
1053 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (number));
1054 }
1055
1056 return result;
1057 }
1058
1059 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1060 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1061 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1062 }
1063
1064 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1065
1066 static void
1067 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1068 {
1069 struct breakpoint *b;
1070 char *p;
1071 int bnum;
1072
1073 if (arg == 0)
1074 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1075
1076 p = arg;
1077 bnum = get_number (&p);
1078 if (bnum == 0)
1079 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1080
1081 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1082 if (b->number == bnum)
1083 {
1084 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1085 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1086 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1087 const struct extension_language_defn *extlang
1088 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b, EXT_LANG_NONE);
1089
1090 if (extlang != NULL)
1091 {
1092 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1093 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1094 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang));
1095 }
1096 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1097
1098 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1099 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
1100
1101 return;
1102 }
1103
1104 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1105 }
1106
1107 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1108 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1109 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1110
1111 static void
1112 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1113 {
1114 struct command_line *c;
1115
1116 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1117 {
1118 int i;
1119
1120 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1121 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1122 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1123
1124 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1125 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1126
1127 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1128 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1129 command directly. */
1130 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1131 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1132
1133 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1134 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1135 }
1136 }
1137
1138 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1139
1140 static int
1141 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1142 {
1143 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1144 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1145 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1146 }
1147
1148 int
1149 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1150 {
1151 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1152 }
1153
1154 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1155 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1156 found. */
1157
1158 static void
1159 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1160 struct command_line *commands)
1161 {
1162 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1163 {
1164 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1165 struct command_line *c;
1166 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1167
1168 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1169 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1170 ones might not. */
1171 t->step_count = 0;
1172
1173 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1174 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1175 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1176 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1177 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1178 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1179 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1180 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1181 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1182 tracepoint's context. */
1183 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1184 {
1185 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1186 {
1187 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1188 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1189 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1190 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1191 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1192 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1193
1194 if (while_stepping)
1195 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1196 "can be used only once"));
1197 else
1198 while_stepping = c;
1199 }
1200
1201 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1202 }
1203 if (while_stepping)
1204 {
1205 struct command_line *c2;
1206
1207 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1208 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1209 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1210 {
1211 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1212 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1213 }
1214 }
1215 }
1216 else
1217 {
1218 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1219 }
1220 }
1221
1222 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1223 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1224
1225 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1226 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1227 {
1228 struct breakpoint *b;
1229 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1230 struct bp_location *loc;
1231
1232 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1233 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1234 {
1235 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1236 if (loc->address == addr)
1237 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1238 }
1239
1240 return found;
1241 }
1242
1243 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1244 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1245
1246 void
1247 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1248 struct command_line *commands)
1249 {
1250 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1251
1252 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1253 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1254 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1255 }
1256
1257 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1258 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1259 commands. */
1260
1261 void
1262 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1263 {
1264 int old_silent = b->silent;
1265
1266 b->silent = silent;
1267 if (old_silent != silent)
1268 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1269 }
1270
1271 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1272 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1273
1274 void
1275 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1276 {
1277 int old_thread = b->thread;
1278
1279 b->thread = thread;
1280 if (old_thread != thread)
1281 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1282 }
1283
1284 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1285 breakpoint work for any task. */
1286
1287 void
1288 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1289 {
1290 int old_task = b->task;
1291
1292 b->task = task;
1293 if (old_task != task)
1294 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1295 }
1296
1297 void
1298 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1299 {
1300 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1301
1302 validate_actionline (line, b);
1303 }
1304
1305 /* A structure used to pass information through
1306 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1307
1308 struct commands_info
1309 {
1310 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1311 int from_tty;
1312
1313 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1314 char *arg;
1315
1316 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1317 already-parsed command. */
1318 struct command_line *control;
1319
1320 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1321 yet been read. */
1322 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1323 };
1324
1325 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1326 commands_command. */
1327
1328 static void
1329 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1330 {
1331 struct commands_info *info = data;
1332
1333 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1334 {
1335 struct command_line *l;
1336
1337 if (info->control != NULL)
1338 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1339 else
1340 {
1341 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1342 char *str;
1343
1344 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1345 "%s, one per line."),
1346 info->arg);
1347
1348 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1349
1350 l = read_command_lines (str,
1351 info->from_tty, 1,
1352 (is_tracepoint (b)
1353 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1354 b);
1355
1356 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1357 }
1358
1359 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1360 }
1361
1362 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1363 do anything. */
1364 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1365 {
1366 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1367 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1368 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1369 b->commands = info->cmd;
1370 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1371 }
1372 }
1373
1374 static void
1375 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1376 struct command_line *control)
1377 {
1378 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1379 struct commands_info info;
1380
1381 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1382 info.control = control;
1383 info.cmd = NULL;
1384 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1385 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1386 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1387
1388 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1389 {
1390 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1391 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1392 breakpoint_count);
1393 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1394 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1395 else
1396 {
1397 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1398 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1399 numbers will fail in this case. */
1400 arg = NULL;
1401 }
1402 }
1403 else
1404 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1405 our argument. */
1406 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1407
1408 if (arg != NULL)
1409 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1410
1411 info.arg = arg;
1412
1413 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1414
1415 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1416 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1417
1418 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1419 }
1420
1421 static void
1422 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1423 {
1424 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1425 }
1426
1427 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1428 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1429
1430 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1431 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1432 enum command_control_type
1433 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1434 {
1435 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1436 return simple_control;
1437 }
1438
1439 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1440
1441 static int
1442 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1443 {
1444 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1445 return 0;
1446 if (!bl->inserted)
1447 return 0;
1448 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1449 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1450 return 0;
1451 return 1;
1452 }
1453
1454 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1455 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1456 contents.
1457
1458 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1459 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1460 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1461
1462 static void
1463 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1464 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1465 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len,
1466 struct bp_target_info *target_info,
1467 struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
1468 {
1469 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1470 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1471 int bp_size = 0;
1472 int bptoffset = 0;
1473
1474 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info->placed_address_space, 0,
1475 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1476 {
1477 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1478 return;
1479 }
1480
1481 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1482 we need to copy. */
1483 bp_addr = target_info->placed_address;
1484 bp_size = target_info->shadow_len;
1485
1486 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1487 {
1488 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1489 reading. */
1490 return;
1491 }
1492
1493 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1494 {
1495 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1496 reading. */
1497 return;
1498 }
1499
1500 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1501 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1502 {
1503 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1504 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1505 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1506 bp_addr = memaddr;
1507 }
1508
1509 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1510 {
1511 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1512 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1513 }
1514
1515 if (readbuf != NULL)
1516 {
1517 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1518 shadow_contents buffer. */
1519 gdb_assert (target_info->shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1520 || readbuf >= (target_info->shadow_contents
1521 + target_info->shadow_len));
1522
1523 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1524 shadow. */
1525 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1526 target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1527 }
1528 else
1529 {
1530 const unsigned char *bp;
1531 CORE_ADDR addr = target_info->reqstd_address;
1532 int placed_size;
1533
1534 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1535 memcpy (target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1536 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1537
1538 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1539 address. */
1540 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &placed_size);
1541
1542 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1543 breakpoint's INSN. */
1544 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1545 }
1546 }
1547
1548 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1549 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1550
1551 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1552 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1553 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1554
1555 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1556 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1557 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1558 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1559 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1560 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1561 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1562 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1563 and:
1564 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1565
1566 void
1567 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1568 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1569 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1570 {
1571 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1572 search. */
1573 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1574 size_t i;
1575
1576 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1577 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1578 report higher one. */
1579
1580 bc_l = 0;
1581 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1582 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1583 {
1584 struct bp_location *bl;
1585
1586 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1587 bl = bp_location[bc];
1588
1589 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1590 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1591 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1592 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1593
1594 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1595 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1596 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1597
1598 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1599 >= bl->address)
1600 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1601 <= memaddr))
1602 bc_l = bc;
1603 else
1604 bc_r = bc;
1605 }
1606
1607 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1608 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1609 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1610 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1611 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1612 B:
1613
1614 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1615
1616 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1617 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1618 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1619 and L2. */
1620 while (bc_l > 0
1621 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1622 bc_l--;
1623
1624 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1625
1626 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1627 {
1628 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1629 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1630 int bp_size = 0;
1631 int bptoffset = 0;
1632
1633 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1634 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1635 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1636 bl->owner->number);
1637
1638 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1639 content. */
1640
1641 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1642 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1643 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1644 break;
1645
1646 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1647 continue;
1648
1649 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1650 memaddr, len, &bl->target_info, bl->gdbarch);
1651 }
1652 }
1653
1654 \f
1655
1656 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1657 breakpoint. */
1658
1659 int
1660 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1661 {
1662 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1663 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1664 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1665 }
1666
1667 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1668
1669 static int
1670 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1671 {
1672 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1673 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1674 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1675 }
1676
1677 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1678 software. */
1679
1680 int
1681 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1682 {
1683 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1684 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1685 }
1686
1687 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1688 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1689 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1690 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1691 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1692 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1693 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1694 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1695
1696 static int
1697 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1698 {
1699 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1700 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1701 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1702 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1703 }
1704
1705 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1706 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1707
1708 static void
1709 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1710 {
1711 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1712
1713 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1714 {
1715 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1716 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1717 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1718 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1719 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1720 }
1721 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1722 }
1723
1724 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1725 watchpoint W. */
1726
1727 static struct value *
1728 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint *w, struct value *val)
1729 {
1730 struct value *bit_val;
1731
1732 if (val == NULL)
1733 return NULL;
1734
1735 bit_val = allocate_value (value_type (val));
1736
1737 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val,
1738 w->val_bitpos,
1739 w->val_bitsize,
1740 value_contents_for_printing (val),
1741 value_offset (val),
1742 val);
1743
1744 return bit_val;
1745 }
1746
1747 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1748 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1749 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1750 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1751 in b->loc->cond.
1752 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1753
1754 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1755 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1756 it.
1757
1758 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1759 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1760 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1761 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1762 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1763 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1764 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1765 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1766
1767 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1768 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1769 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1770 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1771 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1772 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1773 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1774 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1775 not changed.
1776
1777 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1778 hardware watchpoints:
1779
1780 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1781 called several times when GDB stops.
1782
1783 [linux]
1784 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1785 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1786 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1787 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1788 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1789 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1790 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1791 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1792 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1793 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1794 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1795
1796 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1797 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1798
1799 static void
1800 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1801 {
1802 int within_current_scope;
1803 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1804 int frame_saved;
1805
1806 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1807 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1808 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1809 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1810 return;
1811
1812 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1813 return;
1814
1815 frame_saved = 0;
1816
1817 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1818 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1819 within_current_scope = 1;
1820 else
1821 {
1822 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1823 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1824 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1825
1826 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1827 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1828 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1829 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1830 return;
1831
1832 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1833 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1834 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1835 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1836 selected frame. */
1837 frame_saved = 1;
1838 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1839
1840 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1841 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1842 if (within_current_scope)
1843 select_frame (fi);
1844 }
1845
1846 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1847 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1848 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1849 b->base.loc = NULL;
1850
1851 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1852 {
1853 const char *s;
1854
1855 if (b->exp)
1856 {
1857 xfree (b->exp);
1858 b->exp = NULL;
1859 }
1860 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1861 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1862 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1863 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1864 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1865 be completely different objects. */
1866 value_free (b->val);
1867 b->val = NULL;
1868 b->val_valid = 0;
1869
1870 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1871 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1872 locations (re)created below. */
1873 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1874 {
1875 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1876 {
1877 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1878 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1879 }
1880
1881 s = b->base.cond_string;
1882 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1883 }
1884 }
1885
1886 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1887 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1888 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1889 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1890 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1891 if (!target_has_execution)
1892 {
1893 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1894 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1895 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1896 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1897 {
1898 if (b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1899 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1900 else
1901 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1902 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1903 }
1904 }
1905 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1906 {
1907 int pc = 0;
1908 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1909 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1910
1911 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1912
1913 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1914 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1915 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1916 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1917 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1918 watchpoints. */
1919 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1920 {
1921 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
1922 {
1923 v = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, v);
1924 if (v != NULL)
1925 release_value (v);
1926 }
1927 b->val = v;
1928 b->val_valid = 1;
1929 }
1930
1931 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1932
1933 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1934 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1935 {
1936 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1937 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1938 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1939 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1940 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1941 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1942 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1943 {
1944 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1945
1946 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1947 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1948 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1949 if (v == result
1950 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1951 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1952 {
1953 CORE_ADDR addr;
1954 int type;
1955 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1956 int bitpos = 0, bitsize = 0;
1957
1958 if (value_bitsize (v) != 0)
1959 {
1960 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1961 sub-expression. */
1962 bitpos = value_bitpos (v);
1963 bitsize = value_bitsize (v);
1964 }
1965 else if (v == result && b->val_bitsize != 0)
1966 {
1967 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1968 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1969 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1970 bitpos = b->val_bitpos;
1971 bitsize = b->val_bitsize;
1972 }
1973
1974 addr = value_address (v);
1975 if (bitsize != 0)
1976 {
1977 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1978 addr += bitpos / 8;
1979 }
1980
1981 type = hw_write;
1982 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1983 type = hw_read;
1984 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1985 type = hw_access;
1986
1987 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1988 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1989 ;
1990 *tmp = loc;
1991 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1992
1993 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1994 loc->address = addr;
1995
1996 if (bitsize != 0)
1997 {
1998 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1999 loc->length = ((bitpos % 8) + bitsize + 7) / 8;
2000 }
2001 else
2002 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
2003
2004 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
2005 }
2006 }
2007 }
2008
2009 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2010 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2011 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2012 is started. */
2013 if (reparse)
2014 {
2015 int reg_cnt;
2016 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
2017 struct bp_location *bl;
2018
2019 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
2020
2021 if (reg_cnt)
2022 {
2023 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
2024 enum bptype type;
2025
2026 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2027 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2028 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
2029
2030 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2031 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2032 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2033 this watchpoint in as well. */
2034
2035 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2036 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2037 hardware watchpoint type. */
2038 type = b->base.type;
2039 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
2040 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
2041
2042 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2043 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2044 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2045 through watch_command), so always account for it
2046 manually. */
2047
2048 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2049 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
2050
2051 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2052 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
2053
2054 target_resources_ok
2055 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
2056 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
2057 {
2058 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
2059
2060 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
2061 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2062 "hardware watchpoint."));
2063 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
2064 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2065 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2066
2067 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2068 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2069 }
2070 else
2071 {
2072 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2073 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2074 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2075 nop. */
2076 b->base.type = type;
2077 }
2078 }
2079 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
2080 {
2081 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
2082 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2083 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2084 else
2085 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2086 "read/access watchpoint."));
2087 }
2088 else
2089 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2090
2091 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
2092 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
2093 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
2094 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
2095 }
2096
2097 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
2098 {
2099 next = value_next (v);
2100 if (v != b->val)
2101 value_free (v);
2102 }
2103
2104 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2105 above left it without any location set up. But,
2106 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2107 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2108 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
2109 {
2110 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
2111 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
2112 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
2113 base->loc->address = -1;
2114 base->loc->length = -1;
2115 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
2116 }
2117 }
2118 else if (!within_current_scope)
2119 {
2120 printf_filtered (_("\
2121 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2122 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2123 b->base.number);
2124 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
2125 }
2126
2127 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2128 if (frame_saved)
2129 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
2130 }
2131
2132
2133 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2134 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2135 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2136 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2137 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2138 static int
2139 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2140 {
2141 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2142 return 0;
2143
2144 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2145 return 0;
2146
2147 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2148 return 0;
2149
2150 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2151 return 0;
2152
2153 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2154 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2155 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2156 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2157 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2158 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2159 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2160 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2161 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2162 return 0;
2163
2164 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2165 location. */
2166 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2167 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2168 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl->pspace->aspace,
2169 bl->address))
2170 {
2171 if (debug_infrun)
2172 {
2173 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2174 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2175 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2176 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2177 }
2178 return 0;
2179 }
2180
2181 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2182 instruction that triggered one. */
2183 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2184 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2185 {
2186 if (debug_infrun)
2187 {
2188 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2189 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2190 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2191 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2192 bl->length);
2193 }
2194 return 0;
2195 }
2196
2197 return 1;
2198 }
2199
2200 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2201 that the location is not duplicated. */
2202
2203 static int
2204 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2205 {
2206 int result;
2207 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2208
2209 bl->duplicate = 0;
2210 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2211 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2212 return result;
2213 }
2214
2215 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2216 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2217 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2218 any error during parsing. */
2219
2220 static struct agent_expr *
2221 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2222 {
2223 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2224 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2225
2226 if (!cond)
2227 return NULL;
2228
2229 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2230 that may show up. */
2231 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2232 {
2233 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2234 }
2235
2236 if (ex.reason < 0)
2237 {
2238 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2239 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2240 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2241 return NULL;
2242 }
2243
2244 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2245 return aexpr;
2246 }
2247
2248 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2249 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2250 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2251 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2252 one of them is true. */
2253
2254 static void
2255 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2256 {
2257 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2258 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2259 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2260 struct bp_location *loc;
2261
2262 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2263 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions);
2264
2265 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2266 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2267 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2268 side. */
2269 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2270 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2271 return;
2272
2273 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2274 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2275 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2276 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2277 response back to GDB. */
2278 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2279 {
2280 loc = (*loc2p);
2281 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2282 {
2283 if (modified)
2284 {
2285 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2286
2287 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2288 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2289 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2290 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2291 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2292 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2293
2294 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2295 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2296 to the target. */
2297 if (aexpr)
2298 continue;
2299 }
2300
2301 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2302 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2303 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2304 {
2305 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2306 break;
2307 }
2308 }
2309 }
2310
2311 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2312 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2313 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2314
2315 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2316 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2317 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2318 {
2319 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2320 {
2321 loc = (*loc2p);
2322 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2323 {
2324 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2325 located. */
2326 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2327 return;
2328
2329 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2330 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2331 }
2332 }
2333 }
2334
2335 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2336 for this location's address. */
2337 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2338 {
2339 loc = (*loc2p);
2340 if (loc->cond
2341 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2342 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2343 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2344 && loc->enabled)
2345 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2346 conditions to the target. */
2347 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2348 loc->cond_bytecode);
2349 }
2350
2351 return;
2352 }
2353
2354 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2355 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2356 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2357
2358 static struct agent_expr *
2359 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2360 {
2361 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2362 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2363 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2364 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2365 const char *cmdrest;
2366 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2367 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2368 int nargs;
2369 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2370
2371 if (!cmd)
2372 return NULL;
2373
2374 cmdrest = cmd;
2375
2376 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2377 ++cmdrest;
2378 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2379
2380 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2381 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2382
2383 format_start = cmdrest;
2384
2385 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2386
2387 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2388
2389 format_end = cmdrest;
2390
2391 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2392 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2393
2394 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2395
2396 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2397 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2398
2399 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2400 cmdrest++;
2401 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2402
2403 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2404
2405 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2406 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2407
2408 nargs = 0;
2409 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2410 {
2411 const char *cmd1;
2412
2413 cmd1 = cmdrest;
2414 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2415 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2416 cmdrest = cmd1;
2417 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2418 ++cmdrest;
2419 }
2420
2421 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2422 that may show up. */
2423 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2424 {
2425 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2426 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2427 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2428 }
2429
2430 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2431
2432 if (ex.reason < 0)
2433 {
2434 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2435 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2436 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2437 return NULL;
2438 }
2439
2440 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2441 return aexpr;
2442 }
2443
2444 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2445 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2446 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2447
2448 static void
2449 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2450 {
2451 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2452 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2453 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2454 struct bp_location *loc;
2455
2456 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2457 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands);
2458
2459 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2460 return;
2461
2462 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2463 if (dprintf_style != dprintf_style_agent)
2464 return;
2465
2466 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2467 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2468 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2469 control. */
2470 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2471 {
2472 loc = (*loc2p);
2473 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2474 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2475 && loc->owner->type != bp_dprintf)
2476 return;
2477 }
2478
2479 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2480 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2481 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2482 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2483 response back to GDB. */
2484 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2485 {
2486 loc = (*loc2p);
2487 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2488 {
2489 if (modified)
2490 {
2491 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2492
2493 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2494 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2495 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2496 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2497 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2498 loc->owner->extra_string);
2499 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2500
2501 if (!aexpr)
2502 continue;
2503 }
2504
2505 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2506 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2507 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2508 {
2509 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2510 break;
2511 }
2512 }
2513 }
2514
2515 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2516 and so clean up. */
2517 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2518 {
2519 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2520 {
2521 loc = (*loc2p);
2522 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2523 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2524 {
2525 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2526 located. */
2527 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2528 return;
2529
2530 free_agent_expr (loc->cmd_bytecode);
2531 loc->cmd_bytecode = NULL;
2532 }
2533 }
2534 }
2535
2536 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2537 for this location's address. */
2538 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2539 {
2540 loc = (*loc2p);
2541 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2542 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2543 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2544 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2545 && loc->enabled)
2546 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2547 to send the commands to the target. */
2548 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2549 loc->cmd_bytecode);
2550 }
2551
2552 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2553 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2554 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2555 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2556 }
2557
2558 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2559 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2560 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2561 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2562 -1 for failure.
2563
2564 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2565 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2566 static int
2567 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2568 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2569 int *disabled_breaks,
2570 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2571 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2572 {
2573 enum errors bp_err = GDB_NO_ERROR;
2574 const char *bp_err_message = NULL;
2575 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
2576
2577 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2578 return 0;
2579
2580 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2581 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2582 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2583 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2584 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2585 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2586 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2587 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2588 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2589 bl->target_info.reqstd_address = bl->address;
2590 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2591 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2592
2593 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2594 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2595 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2596 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2597
2598 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2599 {
2600 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2601 build_target_command_list (bl);
2602 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2603 bl->needs_update = 0;
2604 }
2605
2606 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2607 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2608 {
2609 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2610 {
2611 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2612 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2613 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2614
2615 Two important cases are:
2616 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2617 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2618 hardware breakpoint.
2619 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2620 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2621 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2622 so we undo.
2623
2624 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2625 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2626 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2627 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2628 gdb. */
2629 struct mem_region *mr
2630 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.reqstd_address);
2631
2632 if (mr)
2633 {
2634 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2635 {
2636 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2637
2638 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2639 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2640 else
2641 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2642
2643 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2644 {
2645 static int said = 0;
2646
2647 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2648 if (!said)
2649 {
2650 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2651 _("Note: automatically using "
2652 "hardware breakpoints for "
2653 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2654 said = 1;
2655 }
2656 }
2657 }
2658 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2659 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2660 {
2661 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2662 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2663 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2664 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2665 bl->owner->number,
2666 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2667 return 1;
2668 }
2669 }
2670 }
2671
2672 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2673 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2674 || bl->section == NULL
2675 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2676 {
2677 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2678 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2679 {
2680 int val;
2681
2682 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2683 if (val)
2684 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2685 }
2686 if (e.reason < 0)
2687 {
2688 bp_err = e.error;
2689 bp_err_message = e.message;
2690 }
2691 }
2692 else
2693 {
2694 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2695 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2696 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2697 {
2698 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2699 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2700 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2701 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2702 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2703 bl->owner->number);
2704 else
2705 {
2706 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2707 bl->section);
2708 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2709 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2710 bl->overlay_target_info.reqstd_address = addr;
2711
2712 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2713 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2714 {
2715 int val;
2716
2717 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2718 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2719 if (val)
2720 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2721 }
2722 if (e.reason < 0)
2723 {
2724 bp_err = e.error;
2725 bp_err_message = e.message;
2726 }
2727
2728 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2729 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2730 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2731 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2732 bl->owner->number);
2733 }
2734 }
2735 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2736 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2737 {
2738 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2739 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2740 {
2741 int val;
2742
2743 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2744 if (val)
2745 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2746 }
2747 if (e.reason < 0)
2748 {
2749 bp_err = e.error;
2750 bp_err_message = e.message;
2751 }
2752 }
2753 else
2754 {
2755 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2756 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2757 return 0;
2758 }
2759 }
2760
2761 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2762 {
2763 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2764
2765 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2766 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2767 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2768 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2769 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2770 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2771 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2772 errors as memory errors. */
2773 if ((bp_err == GENERIC_ERROR || bp_err == MEMORY_ERROR)
2774 && bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2775 && (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
2776 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
2777 bl->address)))
2778 {
2779 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2780 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2781 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2782 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2783 {
2784 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2785 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2786 bl->owner->number);
2787 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2788 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2789 "library breakpoints:\n");
2790 }
2791 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2792 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2793 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2794 return 0;
2795 }
2796 else
2797 {
2798 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2799 {
2800 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2801 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = bp_err_message != NULL;
2802 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2803 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2804 bl->owner->number, bp_err_message ? ":" : ".\n");
2805 if (bp_err_message != NULL)
2806 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", bp_err_message);
2807 }
2808 else
2809 {
2810 if (bp_err_message == NULL)
2811 {
2812 char *message
2813 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2814 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2815 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2816
2817 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2818 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2819 "%s\n",
2820 bl->owner->number, message);
2821 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2822 }
2823 else
2824 {
2825 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2826 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2827 bl->owner->number,
2828 bp_err_message);
2829 }
2830 }
2831 return 1;
2832
2833 }
2834 }
2835 else
2836 bl->inserted = 1;
2837
2838 return 0;
2839 }
2840
2841 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2842 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2843 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2844 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2845 {
2846 int val;
2847
2848 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2849 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2850
2851 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2852
2853 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2854 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2855 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2856 {
2857 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2858
2859 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2860 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2861 of this one. */
2862 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2863 if (loc != bl
2864 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2865 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2866 {
2867 bl->duplicate = 1;
2868 bl->inserted = 1;
2869 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2870 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2871 val = 0;
2872 break;
2873 }
2874
2875 if (val == 1)
2876 {
2877 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2878 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2879
2880 if (val)
2881 /* Back to the original value. */
2882 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2883 }
2884 }
2885
2886 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2887 }
2888
2889 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2890 {
2891 int val;
2892
2893 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2894 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2895
2896 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2897 if (val)
2898 {
2899 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2900
2901 if (val == 1)
2902 warning (_("\
2903 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2904 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2905 else
2906 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2907 }
2908
2909 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2910
2911 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2912 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2913 so just return success. */
2914 return 0;
2915 }
2916
2917 return 0;
2918 }
2919
2920 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2921 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2922 PSPACE anymore. */
2923
2924 void
2925 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2926 {
2927 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2928 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2929
2930 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2931 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2932 {
2933 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2934 delete_breakpoint (b);
2935 }
2936
2937 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2938 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2939 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2940 {
2941 struct bp_location *tmp;
2942
2943 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2944 {
2945 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2946 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2947 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2948 else
2949 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2950 if (tmp->next == loc)
2951 {
2952 tmp->next = loc->next;
2953 break;
2954 }
2955 }
2956 }
2957
2958 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2959 removed locations above. */
2960 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
2961 }
2962
2963 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2964 Throws exception on any error.
2965 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2966 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2967 void
2968 insert_breakpoints (void)
2969 {
2970 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2971
2972 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2973 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2974 {
2975 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2976
2977 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2978 }
2979
2980 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2981 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2982 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2983 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
2984 }
2985
2986 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2987
2988 void
2989 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2990 {
2991 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2992
2993 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2994 {
2995 callback (loc, NULL);
2996 }
2997 }
2998
2999 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3000 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3001 always-inserted mode. */
3002
3003 static void
3004 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3005 {
3006 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3007 int error_flag = 0;
3008 int val = 0;
3009 int disabled_breaks = 0;
3010 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
3011 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
3012
3013 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3014 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3015
3016 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3017 there was an error. */
3018 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
3019
3020 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3021
3022 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3023 {
3024 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3025 breakpoints. */
3026 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
3027 continue;
3028
3029 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3030 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3031 deletion of breakpoints. */
3032 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
3033 continue;
3034
3035 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3036
3037 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3038 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3039 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3040 insert breakpoints. */
3041 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3042 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3043 continue;
3044
3045 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3046 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
3047 if (val)
3048 error_flag = val;
3049 }
3050
3051 if (error_flag)
3052 {
3053 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3054 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3055 }
3056
3057 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3058 }
3059
3060 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3061
3062 static void
3063 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3064 {
3065 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3066 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3067 int error_flag = 0;
3068 int val = 0;
3069 int disabled_breaks = 0;
3070 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
3071 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
3072
3073 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3074 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3075
3076 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3077 there was an error. */
3078 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
3079
3080 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3081
3082 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3083 {
3084 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
3085 continue;
3086
3087 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3088 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3089 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3090 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
3091 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
3092 continue;
3093
3094 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3095
3096 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3097 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3098 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3099 insert breakpoints. */
3100 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3101 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3102 continue;
3103
3104 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3105 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
3106 if (val)
3107 error_flag = val;
3108 }
3109
3110 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3111 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3112 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3113 {
3114 int some_failed = 0;
3115 struct bp_location *loc;
3116
3117 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
3118 continue;
3119
3120 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3121 continue;
3122
3123 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
3124 continue;
3125
3126 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3127 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
3128 {
3129 some_failed = 1;
3130 break;
3131 }
3132 if (some_failed)
3133 {
3134 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3135 if (loc->inserted)
3136 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
3137
3138 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
3139 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3140 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3141 bpt->number);
3142 error_flag = -1;
3143 }
3144 }
3145
3146 if (error_flag)
3147 {
3148 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3149 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3150 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
3151 {
3152 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3153 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3154 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3155 }
3156 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3157 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3158 }
3159
3160 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3161 }
3162
3163 /* Used when the program stops.
3164 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3165 removing a breakpoint location. */
3166
3167 int
3168 remove_breakpoints (void)
3169 {
3170 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3171 int val = 0;
3172
3173 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3174 {
3175 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
3176 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3177 }
3178 return val;
3179 }
3180
3181 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3182 that thread. */
3183
3184 static void
3185 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
3186 {
3187 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3188
3189 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3190 {
3191 if (b->thread == tp->num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
3192 {
3193 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3194
3195 printf_filtered (_("\
3196 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3197 b->number, tp->num);
3198
3199 /* Hide it from the user. */
3200 b->number = 0;
3201 }
3202 }
3203 }
3204
3205 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3206
3207 int
3208 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
3209 {
3210 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3211 int val;
3212 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3213
3214 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3215 {
3216 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3217 continue;
3218
3219 if (bl->inserted && !bl->target_info.persist)
3220 {
3221 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3222 if (val != 0)
3223 return val;
3224 }
3225 }
3226 return 0;
3227 }
3228
3229 int
3230 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
3231 {
3232 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3233 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3234 int val;
3235 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
3236 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
3237 struct inferior *inf;
3238 struct thread_info *tp;
3239
3240 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
3241 if (tp == NULL)
3242 return 1;
3243
3244 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3245 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3246
3247 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
3248
3249 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3250 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3251
3252 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3253 {
3254 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3255 continue;
3256
3257 if (bl->inserted)
3258 {
3259 bl->inserted = 0;
3260 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
3261 if (val != 0)
3262 {
3263 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3264 return val;
3265 }
3266 }
3267 }
3268 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3269 return 0;
3270 }
3271
3272 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3273
3274 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3275 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3276 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3277 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3278 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3279 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3280 static void
3281 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3282 {
3283 if (internal)
3284 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3285 else
3286 {
3287 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3288 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3289 }
3290 }
3291
3292 static struct breakpoint *
3293 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3294 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3295 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3296 {
3297 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3298 struct breakpoint *b;
3299
3300 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3301
3302 sal.pc = address;
3303 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3304 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3305
3306 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3307 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3308 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3309
3310 return b;
3311 }
3312
3313 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3314 {
3315 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3316 };
3317 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3318
3319 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3320 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3321 {
3322 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3323 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym;
3324
3325 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3326 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3327
3328 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3329 int longjmp_searched;
3330
3331 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3332 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3333
3334 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3335 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym;
3336
3337 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3338 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym;
3339
3340 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3341 int exception_searched;
3342
3343 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3344 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3345 };
3346
3347 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3348
3349 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3350 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3351
3352 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3353
3354 static int
3355 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3356 {
3357 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3358 }
3359
3360 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3361 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3362
3363 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3364 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3365 {
3366 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3367
3368 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3369 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3370 {
3371 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3372 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3373
3374 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3375 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3376 }
3377 return bp_objfile_data;
3378 }
3379
3380 static void
3381 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3382 {
3383 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3384
3385 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3386 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3387 }
3388
3389 static void
3390 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3391 {
3392 struct objfile *objfile;
3393 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3394
3395 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3396 {
3397 struct breakpoint *b;
3398 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3399 CORE_ADDR addr;
3400
3401 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3402
3403 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym))
3404 continue;
3405
3406 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym == NULL)
3407 {
3408 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3409
3410 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3411 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3412 {
3413 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3414 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3415 continue;
3416 }
3417 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3418 }
3419
3420 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3421 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3422 bp_overlay_event,
3423 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3424 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3425
3426 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3427 {
3428 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3429 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3430 }
3431 else
3432 {
3433 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3434 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3435 }
3436 }
3437 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3438 }
3439
3440 static void
3441 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3442 {
3443 struct program_space *pspace;
3444 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3445
3446 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3447
3448 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3449 {
3450 struct objfile *objfile;
3451
3452 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3453
3454 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3455 {
3456 int i;
3457 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3458 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3459
3460 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3461
3462 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3463
3464 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3465 {
3466 VEC (probe_p) *ret;
3467
3468 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3469 if (ret != NULL)
3470 {
3471 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3472 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3473
3474 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3475 {
3476 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3477 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3478 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3479 ret = NULL;
3480 }
3481 }
3482 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3483 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3484 }
3485
3486 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3487 {
3488 int i;
3489 struct probe *probe;
3490 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3491
3492 for (i = 0;
3493 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3494 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3495 i, probe);
3496 ++i)
3497 {
3498 struct breakpoint *b;
3499
3500 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3501 get_probe_address (probe,
3502 objfile),
3503 bp_longjmp_master,
3504 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3505 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3506 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3507 }
3508
3509 continue;
3510 }
3511
3512 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3513 continue;
3514
3515 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3516 {
3517 struct breakpoint *b;
3518 const char *func_name;
3519 CORE_ADDR addr;
3520
3521 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym))
3522 continue;
3523
3524 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3525 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym == NULL)
3526 {
3527 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3528
3529 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3530 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3531 {
3532 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3533 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym = &msym_not_found;
3534 continue;
3535 }
3536 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3537 }
3538
3539 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3540 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3541 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3542 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3543 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3544 }
3545 }
3546 }
3547 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3548
3549 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3550 }
3551
3552 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3553 static void
3554 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3555 {
3556 struct program_space *pspace;
3557 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3558 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3559
3560 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3561
3562 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3563 {
3564 struct objfile *objfile;
3565 CORE_ADDR addr;
3566
3567 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3568
3569 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3570 {
3571 struct breakpoint *b;
3572 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3573
3574 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3575
3576 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym))
3577 continue;
3578
3579 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym == NULL)
3580 {
3581 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3582
3583 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3584 if (m.minsym == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_text
3585 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_file_text))
3586 {
3587 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3588 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3589 continue;
3590 }
3591 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3592 }
3593
3594 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3595 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3596 bp_std_terminate_master,
3597 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3598 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3599 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3600 }
3601 }
3602
3603 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3604
3605 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3606 }
3607
3608 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3609
3610 static void
3611 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3612 {
3613 struct objfile *objfile;
3614 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3615
3616 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3617 {
3618 struct breakpoint *b;
3619 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3620 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3621 CORE_ADDR addr;
3622
3623 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3624
3625 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3626 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3627 {
3628 VEC (probe_p) *ret;
3629
3630 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3631
3632 if (ret != NULL)
3633 {
3634 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3635 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3636
3637 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3638 {
3639 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3640 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3641 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3642 ret = NULL;
3643 }
3644 }
3645 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3646 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3647 }
3648
3649 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3650 {
3651 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3652 int i;
3653 struct probe *probe;
3654
3655 for (i = 0;
3656 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3657 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3658 i, probe);
3659 ++i)
3660 {
3661 struct breakpoint *b;
3662
3663 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3664 get_probe_address (probe,
3665 objfile),
3666 bp_exception_master,
3667 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3668 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3669 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3670 }
3671
3672 continue;
3673 }
3674
3675 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3676
3677 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym))
3678 continue;
3679
3680 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3681
3682 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym == NULL)
3683 {
3684 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook;
3685
3686 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3687 if (debug_hook.minsym == NULL)
3688 {
3689 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3690 continue;
3691 }
3692
3693 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3694 }
3695
3696 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3697 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3698 &current_target);
3699 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3700 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3701 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3702 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3703 }
3704
3705 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3706 }
3707
3708 void
3709 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3710 {
3711 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3712 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3713
3714 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3715 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3716 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3717 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3718 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3719 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3720 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3721 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3722 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3723 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3724 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3725
3726 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3727 {
3728 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3729 continue;
3730
3731 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3732 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3733 {
3734 delete_breakpoint (b);
3735 continue;
3736 }
3737
3738 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3739 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3740 {
3741 delete_breakpoint (b);
3742 continue;
3743 }
3744
3745 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3746 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3747 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3748 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3749 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3750 {
3751 delete_breakpoint (b);
3752 continue;
3753 }
3754
3755 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3756 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3757 {
3758 delete_breakpoint (b);
3759 continue;
3760 }
3761
3762 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3763 if (b->type == bp_single_step)
3764 {
3765 delete_breakpoint (b);
3766 continue;
3767 }
3768
3769 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3770 after an exec. */
3771 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3772 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3773 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3774 {
3775 delete_breakpoint (b);
3776 continue;
3777 }
3778
3779 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3780 {
3781 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3782 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3783 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3784 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3785 continue;
3786 }
3787
3788 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3789 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3790 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3791 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3792 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3793 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3794
3795 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3796 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3797 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3798 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3799 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3800 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3801 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3802
3803 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3804 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3805 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3806 let finish_command delete it.
3807
3808 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3809 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3810 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3811 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3812 solib breakpoints.) */
3813
3814 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3815 {
3816 continue;
3817 }
3818
3819 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3820 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3821 a.out. */
3822 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3823 {
3824 delete_breakpoint (b);
3825 continue;
3826 }
3827 }
3828 }
3829
3830 int
3831 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3832 {
3833 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3834 int val = 0;
3835 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3836 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3837
3838 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid))
3839 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3840
3841 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3842 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3843 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3844 {
3845 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3846 continue;
3847
3848 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3849 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3850 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3851 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3852 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3853 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3854 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3855 continue;
3856
3857 if (bl->inserted)
3858 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3859 }
3860
3861 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3862 return val;
3863 }
3864
3865 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3866 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3867 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3868 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3869 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3870
3871 static int
3872 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3873 {
3874 int val;
3875
3876 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3877 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3878
3879 if (bl->permanent)
3880 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3881 return 0;
3882
3883 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3884 This should not ever happen. */
3885 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3886
3887 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3888 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3889 {
3890 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3891 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3892 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3893
3894 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3895 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3896 || bl->section == NULL
3897 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3898 {
3899 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3900
3901 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3902 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3903 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3904 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3905 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3906 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3907 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3908 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3909 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3910 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3911 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3912 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3913 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3914 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3915 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3916 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3917 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3918 they should always be removed. */
3919 if (bl->shlib_disabled
3920 && bl->target_info.shadow_len != 0
3921 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info))
3922 val = 0;
3923 else
3924 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3925 }
3926 else
3927 {
3928 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3929 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3930 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3931 {
3932 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3933 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3934 */
3935 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3936 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3937 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3938 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3939 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3940 else
3941 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3942 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3943 }
3944 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3945 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3946 if (bl->inserted)
3947 {
3948 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3949 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3950 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3951 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3952
3953 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3954 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3955 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3956 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3957 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3958 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3959 else
3960 val = 0;
3961 }
3962 else
3963 {
3964 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3965 val = 0;
3966 }
3967 }
3968
3969 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3970 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3971 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3972 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3973 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3974 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3975 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3976 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3977 always-inserted mode. */
3978 if (val
3979 && (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3980 && (bl->shlib_disabled
3981 || solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
3982 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
3983 bl->address))))
3984 val = 0;
3985
3986 if (val)
3987 return val;
3988 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3989 }
3990 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3991 {
3992 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3993 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3994
3995 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3996 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3997
3998 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3999 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
4000 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4001 bl->owner->number);
4002 }
4003 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
4004 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4005 && !bl->duplicate)
4006 {
4007 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
4008 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
4009
4010 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
4011 if (val)
4012 return val;
4013
4014 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4015 }
4016
4017 return 0;
4018 }
4019
4020 static int
4021 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
4022 {
4023 int ret;
4024 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4025
4026 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4027 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
4028
4029 if (bl->permanent)
4030 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
4031 return 0;
4032
4033 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4034 This should not ever happen. */
4035 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
4036
4037 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
4038
4039 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
4040
4041 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
4042
4043 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4044 return ret;
4045 }
4046
4047 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4048
4049 void
4050 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4051 {
4052 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4053
4054 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4055 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space
4056 && !bl->permanent)
4057 bl->inserted = 0;
4058 }
4059
4060 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4061 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4062
4063 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4064 between runs.
4065
4066 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4067 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4068 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4069
4070
4071
4072 void
4073 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
4074 {
4075 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
4076 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4077 int ix;
4078 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
4079
4080 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4081 nothing to do. */
4082 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4083 return;
4084
4085 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4086
4087 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
4088 {
4089 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
4090 continue;
4091
4092 switch (b->type)
4093 {
4094 case bp_call_dummy:
4095 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
4096
4097 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4098 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4099 rid of it. */
4100
4101 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4102
4103 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4104
4105 case bp_shlib_event:
4106
4107 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4108 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4109 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4110 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4111 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4112
4113 (gdb) file prog-linux
4114 (gdb) run # native linux target
4115 ...
4116 (gdb) kill
4117 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4118 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4119 */
4120
4121 case bp_step_resume:
4122
4123 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4124
4125 case bp_single_step:
4126
4127 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4128
4129 delete_breakpoint (b);
4130 break;
4131
4132 case bp_watchpoint:
4133 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4134 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4135 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4136 {
4137 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4138
4139 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4140 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
4141 delete_breakpoint (b);
4142 else if (context == inf_starting)
4143 {
4144 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4145 insert_breakpoints. */
4146 if (w->val)
4147 value_free (w->val);
4148 w->val = NULL;
4149 w->val_valid = 0;
4150 }
4151 }
4152 break;
4153 default:
4154 break;
4155 }
4156 }
4157
4158 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4159 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
4160 decref_bp_location (&bl);
4161 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
4162 }
4163
4164 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4165 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4166 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4167 match, not program space. */
4168
4169 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4170 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4171 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4172 permanent breakpoint.
4173 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4174 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4175 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4176 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4177 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4178
4179 enum breakpoint_here
4180 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4181 {
4182 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4183 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
4184
4185 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4186 {
4187 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4188 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4189 continue;
4190
4191 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4192 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4193 || bl->permanent)
4194 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4195 {
4196 if (overlay_debugging
4197 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4198 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4199 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4200 else if (bl->permanent)
4201 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
4202 else
4203 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
4204 }
4205 }
4206
4207 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
4208 }
4209
4210 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4211
4212 int
4213 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4214 {
4215 struct bp_location *loc;
4216 int ix;
4217
4218 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4219 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
4220 return 1;
4221
4222 return 0;
4223 }
4224
4225 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4226 ASPACE. */
4227
4228 static int
4229 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location *bl,
4230 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4231 {
4232 if (bl->inserted
4233 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4234 aspace, pc))
4235 {
4236 if (overlay_debugging
4237 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4238 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4239 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4240 else
4241 return 1;
4242 }
4243 return 0;
4244 }
4245
4246 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4247
4248 int
4249 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4250 {
4251 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4252 struct bp_location *bl;
4253
4254 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4255 {
4256 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4257
4258 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4259 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4260 continue;
4261
4262 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4263 return 1;
4264 }
4265 return 0;
4266 }
4267
4268 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4269 inserted at PC. */
4270
4271 int
4272 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4273 CORE_ADDR pc)
4274 {
4275 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4276 struct bp_location *bl;
4277
4278 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4279 {
4280 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4281
4282 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4283 continue;
4284
4285 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4286 return 1;
4287 }
4288
4289 return 0;
4290 }
4291
4292 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4293
4294 int
4295 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4296 CORE_ADDR pc)
4297 {
4298 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4299 struct bp_location *bl;
4300
4301 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4302 {
4303 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4304
4305 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4306 continue;
4307
4308 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4309 return 1;
4310 }
4311
4312 return 0;
4313 }
4314
4315 int
4316 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
4317 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4318 {
4319 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4320
4321 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4322 {
4323 struct bp_location *loc;
4324
4325 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4326 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4327 continue;
4328
4329 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4330 continue;
4331
4332 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4333 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4334 {
4335 CORE_ADDR l, h;
4336
4337 /* Check for intersection. */
4338 l = max (loc->address, addr);
4339 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4340 if (l < h)
4341 return 1;
4342 }
4343 }
4344 return 0;
4345 }
4346 \f
4347
4348 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4349 in breakpoint.h. */
4350
4351 int
4352 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4353 {
4354 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4355 }
4356
4357 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4358 'next' chain. */
4359
4360 static void
4361 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4362 {
4363 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4364 value_free (bs->old_val);
4365 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4366 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4367 xfree (bs);
4368 }
4369
4370 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4371 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4372
4373 void
4374 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4375 {
4376 bpstat p;
4377 bpstat q;
4378
4379 if (bsp == 0)
4380 return;
4381 p = *bsp;
4382 while (p != NULL)
4383 {
4384 q = p->next;
4385 bpstat_free (p);
4386 p = q;
4387 }
4388 *bsp = NULL;
4389 }
4390
4391 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4392 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4393
4394 bpstat
4395 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4396 {
4397 bpstat p = NULL;
4398 bpstat tmp;
4399 bpstat retval = NULL;
4400
4401 if (bs == NULL)
4402 return bs;
4403
4404 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4405 {
4406 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4407 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4408 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4409 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4410 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4411 {
4412 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4413 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4414 }
4415
4416 if (p == NULL)
4417 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4418 retval = tmp;
4419 else
4420 p->next = tmp;
4421 p = tmp;
4422 }
4423 p->next = NULL;
4424 return retval;
4425 }
4426
4427 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4428
4429 bpstat
4430 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4431 {
4432 if (bsp == NULL)
4433 return NULL;
4434
4435 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4436 {
4437 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4438 return bsp;
4439 }
4440 return NULL;
4441 }
4442
4443 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4444
4445 int
4446 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4447 {
4448 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4449 {
4450 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4451 {
4452 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4453 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
4454 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4455 return 1;
4456 }
4457 else
4458 {
4459 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4460 sig))
4461 return 1;
4462 }
4463 }
4464
4465 return 0;
4466 }
4467
4468 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4469 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4470 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4471 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4472
4473 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4474 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4475 we set it.
4476 Return 1 otherwise. */
4477
4478 int
4479 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4480 {
4481 struct breakpoint *b;
4482
4483 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
4484 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4485
4486 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4487 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4488 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4489 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4490 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4491 if (b == NULL)
4492 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4493
4494 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4495 return 1;
4496 }
4497
4498 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4499
4500 void
4501 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4502 {
4503 struct thread_info *tp;
4504 bpstat bs;
4505
4506 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4507 return;
4508
4509 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4510 if (tp == NULL)
4511 return;
4512
4513 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4514 {
4515 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4516
4517 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4518 {
4519 value_free (bs->old_val);
4520 bs->old_val = NULL;
4521 }
4522 }
4523 }
4524
4525 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4526
4527 static void
4528 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4529 {
4530 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4531 {
4532 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4533
4534 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4535 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4536 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4537 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4538 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4539 return;
4540 }
4541
4542 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4543 }
4544
4545 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4546 command. */
4547 static void
4548 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4549 {
4550 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4551 }
4552
4553 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4554 or its equivalent. */
4555
4556 static int
4557 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4558 {
4559 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4560 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4561 }
4562
4563 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4564 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4565 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4566 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4567
4568 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4569 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4570 bpstat of the current thread. */
4571
4572 static int
4573 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4574 {
4575 bpstat bs;
4576 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4577 int again = 0;
4578
4579 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4580 in bs->commands. */
4581 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4582 return 0;
4583
4584 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4585 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4586
4587 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4588
4589 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4590 bs = *bsp;
4591
4592 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4593 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4594 {
4595 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4596 struct command_line *cmd;
4597 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4598
4599 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4600
4601 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4602 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4603 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4604 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4605 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4606 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4607 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4608 the tree when we're done. */
4609 ccmd = bs->commands;
4610 bs->commands = NULL;
4611 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4612 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4613 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4614 {
4615 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4616 cmd = cmd->next;
4617 }
4618
4619 while (cmd != NULL)
4620 {
4621 execute_control_command (cmd);
4622
4623 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4624 break;
4625 else
4626 cmd = cmd->next;
4627 }
4628
4629 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4630 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4631
4632 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4633 {
4634 if (interpreter_async && target_can_async_p ())
4635 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4636 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4637 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4638 ;
4639 else
4640 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4641 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4642 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4643 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4644 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4645 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4646 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4647 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4648 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4649 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4650 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4651 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4652 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4653 again = 1;
4654 break;
4655 }
4656 }
4657 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4658 return again;
4659 }
4660
4661 void
4662 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4663 {
4664 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4665
4666 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4667 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4668 && target_has_execution
4669 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4670 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4671 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4672 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4673 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4674 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4675 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4676 break;
4677
4678 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4679 }
4680
4681 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4682
4683 static void
4684 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4685 {
4686 if (val == NULL)
4687 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4688 else
4689 {
4690 struct value_print_options opts;
4691 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4692 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4693 }
4694 }
4695
4696 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4697 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4698 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4699 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4700 normal_stop(). */
4701
4702 static enum print_stop_action
4703 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4704 {
4705 switch (bs->print_it)
4706 {
4707 case print_it_noop:
4708 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4709 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4710 break;
4711
4712 case print_it_done:
4713 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4714 relevant messages. */
4715 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4716 break;
4717
4718 case print_it_normal:
4719 {
4720 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4721
4722 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4723 which has since been deleted. */
4724 if (b == NULL)
4725 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4726
4727 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4728 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4729 }
4730 break;
4731
4732 default:
4733 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4734 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4735 break;
4736 }
4737 }
4738
4739 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4740
4741 static void
4742 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4743 {
4744 int any_deleted
4745 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4746 int any_added
4747 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4748
4749 if (!is_catchpoint)
4750 {
4751 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4752 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4753 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4754 else
4755 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4756 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4757 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4758 }
4759
4760 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4761 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4762 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4763
4764 if (any_deleted)
4765 {
4766 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4767 char *name;
4768 int ix;
4769
4770 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4771 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4772 "removed");
4773 for (ix = 0;
4774 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4775 ix, name);
4776 ++ix)
4777 {
4778 if (ix > 0)
4779 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4780 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4781 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4782 }
4783
4784 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4785 }
4786
4787 if (any_added)
4788 {
4789 struct so_list *iter;
4790 int ix;
4791 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4792
4793 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4794 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4795 "added");
4796 for (ix = 0;
4797 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4798 ix, iter);
4799 ++ix)
4800 {
4801 if (ix > 0)
4802 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4803 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4804 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4805 }
4806
4807 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4808 }
4809 }
4810
4811 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4812 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4813 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4814 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4815 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4816 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4817 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4818 routine is one of:
4819
4820 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4821 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4822 code to print the location. An example is
4823 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4824 the location.
4825 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4826 to also print the location part of the message.
4827 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4828 don't require a location appended to the end.
4829 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4830 further info to be printed. */
4831
4832 enum print_stop_action
4833 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4834 {
4835 int val;
4836
4837 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4838 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4839 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4840 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4841 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4842 {
4843 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4844 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4845 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4846 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4847 return val;
4848 }
4849
4850 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4851 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4852 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4853 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4854 {
4855 print_solib_event (0);
4856 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4857 }
4858
4859 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4860 with and nothing was printed. */
4861 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4862 }
4863
4864 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4865 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4866 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4867 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4868 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4869 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4870
4871 static int
4872 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4873 {
4874 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4875 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4876
4877 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4878 return i;
4879 }
4880
4881 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4882
4883 static bpstat
4884 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4885 {
4886 bpstat bs;
4887
4888 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4889 bs->next = NULL;
4890 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4891 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4892 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4893 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4894 incref_bp_location (bl);
4895 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4896 bs->commands = NULL;
4897 bs->old_val = NULL;
4898 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4899 return bs;
4900 }
4901 \f
4902 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4903 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4904
4905 int
4906 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4907 {
4908 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4909 CORE_ADDR addr;
4910 struct breakpoint *b;
4911
4912 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4913 {
4914 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4915 as not triggered. */
4916 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4917 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4918 {
4919 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4920
4921 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4922 }
4923
4924 return 0;
4925 }
4926
4927 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
4928 {
4929 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4930 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4931 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4932 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4933 {
4934 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4935
4936 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4937 }
4938
4939 return 1;
4940 }
4941
4942 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4943 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4944 triggered. */
4945
4946 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4947 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4948 {
4949 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4950 struct bp_location *loc;
4951
4952 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4953 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4954 {
4955 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4956 {
4957 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4958 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4959
4960 if (newaddr == start)
4961 {
4962 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4963 break;
4964 }
4965 }
4966 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4967 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
4968 addr, loc->address,
4969 loc->length))
4970 {
4971 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4972 break;
4973 }
4974 }
4975 }
4976
4977 return 1;
4978 }
4979
4980 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4981 because of check_errors). */
4982 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4983 #define WP_DELETED 1
4984 /* The value has changed. */
4985 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4986 /* The value has not changed. */
4987 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4988 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4989 #define WP_IGNORE 4
4990
4991 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4992 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4993
4994 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4995 changed.
4996
4997 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4998 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4999
5000 static int
5001 watchpoint_check (void *p)
5002 {
5003 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
5004 struct watchpoint *b;
5005 struct frame_info *fr;
5006 int within_current_scope;
5007
5008 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5009 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
5010 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5011
5012 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5013 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5014 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5015 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
5016 return WP_IGNORE;
5017
5018 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
5019 within_current_scope = 1;
5020 else
5021 {
5022 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
5023 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5024 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
5025
5026 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5027 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5028 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5029 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5030 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5031 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5032 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5033 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5034 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5035 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
5036 return WP_IGNORE;
5037
5038 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
5039 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
5040
5041 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5042 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5043 if (within_current_scope)
5044 {
5045 struct symbol *function;
5046
5047 function = get_frame_function (fr);
5048 if (function == NULL
5049 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
5050 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
5051 within_current_scope = 0;
5052 }
5053
5054 if (within_current_scope)
5055 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5056 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5057 the user. */
5058 select_frame (fr);
5059 }
5060
5061 if (within_current_scope)
5062 {
5063 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5064 time before we return to the command level and call
5065 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5066 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5067
5068 int pc = 0;
5069 struct value *mark;
5070 struct value *new_val;
5071
5072 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
5073 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5074 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5075 a mask watchpoint. */
5076 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5077
5078 mark = value_mark ();
5079 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
5080
5081 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
5082 new_val = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, new_val);
5083
5084 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5085 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5086 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5087 not what we want. */
5088 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
5089 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
5090 {
5091 if (new_val != NULL)
5092 {
5093 release_value (new_val);
5094 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5095 }
5096 bs->old_val = b->val;
5097 b->val = new_val;
5098 b->val_valid = 1;
5099 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5100 }
5101 else
5102 {
5103 /* Nothing changed. */
5104 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5105 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
5106 }
5107 }
5108 else
5109 {
5110 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5111
5112 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5113 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5114 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5115 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5116 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5117 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5118 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5119 the first value assigned). */
5120 /* We print all the stop information in
5121 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5122 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5123 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5124 here. */
5125 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5126 ui_out_field_string
5127 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
5128 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
5129 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
5130 ui_out_text (uiout,
5131 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5132 which its expression is valid.\n");
5133
5134 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5135 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
5136 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5137
5138 return WP_DELETED;
5139 }
5140 }
5141
5142 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5143 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5144 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5145
5146 static int
5147 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
5148 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
5149 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5150 {
5151 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
5152
5153 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5154 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5155
5156 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
5157 }
5158
5159 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5160 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5161
5162 static void
5163 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
5164 {
5165 const struct bp_location *bl;
5166 struct watchpoint *b;
5167
5168 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5169 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5170 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5171 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5172 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5173
5174 {
5175 int must_check_value = 0;
5176
5177 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5178 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5179 watched value. */
5180 must_check_value = 1;
5181 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
5182 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5183 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5184 this watchpoint. */
5185 must_check_value = 1;
5186 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
5187 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5188 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5189 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5190 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5191 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5192 must_check_value = 1;
5193
5194 if (must_check_value)
5195 {
5196 char *message
5197 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5198 b->base.number);
5199 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
5200 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
5201 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5202 do_cleanups (cleanups);
5203 switch (e)
5204 {
5205 case WP_DELETED:
5206 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5207 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5208 /* Stop. */
5209 break;
5210 case WP_IGNORE:
5211 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5212 bs->stop = 0;
5213 break;
5214 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
5215 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
5216 {
5217 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5218
5219 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5220 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5221 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5222 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5223 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5224 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5225 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5226 old value.
5227
5228 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5229 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5230 happen:
5231
5232 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5233 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5234 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5235 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5236
5237 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5238 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5239 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5240 watchpoint.
5241
5242 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5243 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5244 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5245 changes. This still gives false positives when
5246 the program writes the same value to memory as
5247 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5248 it for a read), but it's much better than
5249 nothing. */
5250
5251 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5252
5253 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5254 {
5255 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5256
5257 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5258 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5259 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5260 {
5261 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5262 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5263
5264 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5265 == watch_triggered_yes)
5266 {
5267 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5268 break;
5269 }
5270 }
5271 }
5272
5273 if (other_write_watchpoint
5274 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5275 {
5276 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5277 and the value changed since the last time we
5278 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5279 Ignore it. */
5280 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5281 bs->stop = 0;
5282 }
5283 }
5284 break;
5285 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5286 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5287 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5288 {
5289 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5290 the value hasn't changed. */
5291 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5292 bs->stop = 0;
5293 }
5294 /* Stop. */
5295 break;
5296 default:
5297 /* Can't happen. */
5298 case 0:
5299 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5300 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
5301 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5302 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5303 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5304 break;
5305 }
5306 }
5307 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5308 {
5309 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5310 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5311 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5312 anything for this watchpoint. */
5313 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5314 bs->stop = 0;
5315 }
5316 }
5317 }
5318
5319 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5320 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5321 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5322 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5323
5324 static void
5325 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5326 {
5327 const struct bp_location *bl;
5328 struct breakpoint *b;
5329 int value_is_zero = 0;
5330 struct expression *cond;
5331
5332 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5333
5334 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5335 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5336 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5337 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5338 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5339
5340 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5341 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5342 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5343
5344 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5345 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5346 {
5347 bs->stop = 0;
5348 return;
5349 }
5350
5351 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5352 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5353 thread/task. */
5354 if ((b->thread != -1 && b->thread != pid_to_thread_id (ptid))
5355 || (b->task != 0 && b->task != ada_get_task_number (ptid)))
5356
5357 {
5358 bs->stop = 0;
5359 return;
5360 }
5361
5362 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5363 implemented. */
5364 bs->stop = breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b);
5365
5366 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5367 {
5368 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5369
5370 cond = w->cond_exp;
5371 }
5372 else
5373 cond = bl->cond;
5374
5375 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5376 {
5377 int within_current_scope = 1;
5378 struct watchpoint * w;
5379
5380 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5381 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5382 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5383 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5384 function call. */
5385 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5386
5387 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5388 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5389 else
5390 w = NULL;
5391
5392 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5393 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5394 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5395 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5396 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5397 call site. */
5398 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5399 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5400 else
5401 {
5402 struct frame_info *frame;
5403
5404 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5405 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5406 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5407 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5408 really matter which instantiation of the function
5409 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5410 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5411 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5412 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5413 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5414 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5415 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5416 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5417 intuitive. */
5418 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5419 if (frame != NULL)
5420 select_frame (frame);
5421 else
5422 within_current_scope = 0;
5423 }
5424 if (within_current_scope)
5425 value_is_zero
5426 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5427 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5428 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5429 else
5430 {
5431 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5432 "in the current scope"));
5433 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5434 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5435 value_is_zero = 0;
5436 }
5437 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5438 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5439 }
5440
5441 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5442 {
5443 bs->stop = 0;
5444 }
5445 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5446 {
5447 b->ignore_count--;
5448 bs->stop = 0;
5449 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5450 ++(b->hit_count);
5451 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5452 }
5453 }
5454
5455
5456 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5457 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5458
5459 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5460 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5461 that:
5462
5463 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5464
5465 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5466
5467 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5468 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5469 several reasons concurrently.)
5470
5471 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5472 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5473
5474 bpstat
5475 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5476 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5477 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5478 {
5479 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5480 struct bp_location *bl;
5481 struct bp_location *loc;
5482 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5483 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5484 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5485 bpstat bs;
5486 int ix;
5487 int need_remove_insert;
5488 int removed_any;
5489
5490 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5491 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5492 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5493 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5494 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5495 inferior function calls. */
5496
5497 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5498 {
5499 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
5500 continue;
5501
5502 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5503 {
5504 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5505 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5506 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5507 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5508 checked all locations already. */
5509 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5510 break;
5511
5512 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5513 continue;
5514
5515 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5516 continue;
5517
5518 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5519 matches. */
5520
5521 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5522 explain stop. */
5523
5524 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5525 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5526 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5527 bs->stop = 1;
5528 bs->print = 1;
5529
5530 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5531 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5532 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5533 iteration. */
5534 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5535 {
5536 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5537
5538 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5539 }
5540 }
5541 }
5542
5543 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5544 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5545 {
5546 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5547 {
5548 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5549 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5550 bs->stop = 0;
5551 bs->print = 0;
5552 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5553 }
5554 }
5555
5556 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5557 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5558 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5559 "catch unload". */
5560 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5561 {
5562 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5563 {
5564 handle_solib_event ();
5565 break;
5566 }
5567 }
5568
5569 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5570 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5571 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5572
5573 removed_any = 0;
5574
5575 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5576 {
5577 if (!bs->stop)
5578 continue;
5579
5580 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5581 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5582 if (bs->stop)
5583 {
5584 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5585
5586 if (bs->stop)
5587 {
5588 ++(b->hit_count);
5589 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5590
5591 /* We will stop here. */
5592 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5593 {
5594 --(b->enable_count);
5595 if (b->enable_count <= 0)
5596 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5597 removed_any = 1;
5598 }
5599 if (b->silent)
5600 bs->print = 0;
5601 bs->commands = b->commands;
5602 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5603 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5604 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5605 bs->print = 0;
5606
5607 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5608 }
5609
5610 }
5611
5612 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5613 print. */
5614 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5615 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5616 }
5617
5618 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5619 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5620 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5621 done later. */
5622 need_remove_insert = 0;
5623 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5624 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5625 if (!bs->stop
5626 && bs->breakpoint_at
5627 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5628 {
5629 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5630
5631 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5632 need_remove_insert = 1;
5633 }
5634
5635 if (need_remove_insert)
5636 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
5637 else if (removed_any)
5638 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
5639
5640 return bs_head;
5641 }
5642
5643 static void
5644 handle_jit_event (void)
5645 {
5646 struct frame_info *frame;
5647 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5648
5649 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5650 breakpoint_re_set. */
5651 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5652
5653 frame = get_current_frame ();
5654 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5655
5656 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5657
5658 target_terminal_inferior ();
5659 }
5660
5661 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5662
5663 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5664
5665 struct bpstat_what
5666 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5667 {
5668 struct bpstat_what retval;
5669 int jit_event = 0;
5670 bpstat bs;
5671
5672 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5673 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5674 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5675
5676 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5677 {
5678 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5679 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5680 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5681 enum bptype bptype;
5682
5683 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5684 {
5685 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5686 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5687 bptype = bp_none;
5688 }
5689 else
5690 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5691
5692 switch (bptype)
5693 {
5694 case bp_none:
5695 break;
5696 case bp_breakpoint:
5697 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5698 case bp_single_step:
5699 case bp_until:
5700 case bp_finish:
5701 case bp_shlib_event:
5702 if (bs->stop)
5703 {
5704 if (bs->print)
5705 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5706 else
5707 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5708 }
5709 else
5710 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5711 break;
5712 case bp_watchpoint:
5713 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5714 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5715 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5716 if (bs->stop)
5717 {
5718 if (bs->print)
5719 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5720 else
5721 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5722 }
5723 else
5724 {
5725 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5726 This requires no further action. */
5727 }
5728 break;
5729 case bp_longjmp:
5730 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5731 case bp_exception:
5732 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5733 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5734 break;
5735 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5736 case bp_exception_resume:
5737 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5738 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5739 break;
5740 case bp_step_resume:
5741 if (bs->stop)
5742 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5743 else
5744 {
5745 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5746 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5747 }
5748 break;
5749 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5750 if (bs->stop)
5751 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5752 else
5753 {
5754 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5755 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5756 }
5757 break;
5758 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5759 case bp_thread_event:
5760 case bp_overlay_event:
5761 case bp_longjmp_master:
5762 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5763 case bp_exception_master:
5764 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5765 break;
5766 case bp_catchpoint:
5767 if (bs->stop)
5768 {
5769 if (bs->print)
5770 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5771 else
5772 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5773 }
5774 else
5775 {
5776 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5777 This requires no further action. */
5778 }
5779 break;
5780 case bp_jit_event:
5781 jit_event = 1;
5782 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5783 break;
5784 case bp_call_dummy:
5785 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5786 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5787 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5788 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5789 break;
5790 case bp_std_terminate:
5791 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5792 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5793 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5794 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5795 break;
5796 case bp_tracepoint:
5797 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5798 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5799 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5800 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5801 out already. */
5802 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5803 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5804 break;
5805 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5806 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5807 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5808 break;
5809 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5810 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5811 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5812 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5813 break;
5814
5815 case bp_dprintf:
5816 if (bs->stop)
5817 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5818 else
5819 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5820 break;
5821
5822 default:
5823 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5824 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5825 }
5826
5827 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5828 }
5829
5830 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5831 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5832
5833 if (jit_event)
5834 {
5835 if (debug_infrun)
5836 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5837
5838 handle_jit_event ();
5839 }
5840
5841 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5842 {
5843 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5844
5845 if (b == NULL)
5846 continue;
5847 switch (b->type)
5848 {
5849 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5850 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5851 break;
5852 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5853 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5854 break;
5855 }
5856 }
5857
5858 return retval;
5859 }
5860
5861 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5862 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5863 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5864
5865 int
5866 bpstat_should_step (void)
5867 {
5868 struct breakpoint *b;
5869
5870 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5871 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5872 return 1;
5873 return 0;
5874 }
5875
5876 int
5877 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5878 {
5879 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5880 if (bs->stop)
5881 return 1;
5882
5883 return 0;
5884 }
5885
5886 \f
5887
5888 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5889 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5890 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5891
5892 static char *
5893 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5894 {
5895 static char wrap_indent[80];
5896 int i, total_width, width, align;
5897 char *text;
5898
5899 total_width = 0;
5900 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5901 {
5902 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5903 {
5904 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5905 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5906 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5907
5908 return wrap_indent;
5909 }
5910
5911 total_width += width + 1;
5912 }
5913
5914 return NULL;
5915 }
5916
5917 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5918 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5919
5920 "host": Host evals condition.
5921 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5922 "target": Target evals condition.
5923 */
5924
5925 static const char *
5926 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5927 {
5928 struct bp_location *bl;
5929 char host_evals = 0;
5930 char target_evals = 0;
5931
5932 if (!b)
5933 return NULL;
5934
5935 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5936 return NULL;
5937
5938 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5939 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5940 return condition_evaluation_host;
5941
5942 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5943 {
5944 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5945 target_evals++;
5946 else
5947 host_evals++;
5948 }
5949
5950 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5951 return condition_evaluation_both;
5952 else if (target_evals)
5953 return condition_evaluation_target;
5954 else
5955 return condition_evaluation_host;
5956 }
5957
5958 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5959 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5960
5961 static const char *
5962 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5963 {
5964 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5965 return NULL;
5966
5967 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5968 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5969 return condition_evaluation_host;
5970
5971 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5972 return condition_evaluation_target;
5973 else
5974 return condition_evaluation_host;
5975 }
5976
5977 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5978
5979 static void
5980 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5981 struct bp_location *loc)
5982 {
5983 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5984 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5985
5986 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5987 loc = NULL;
5988
5989 if (loc != NULL)
5990 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5991
5992 if (b->display_canonical)
5993 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5994 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5995 {
5996 struct symbol *sym
5997 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5998 if (sym)
5999 {
6000 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
6001 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
6002 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
6003 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
6004 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
6005 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
6006 }
6007 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
6008 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
6009 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
6010
6011 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6012 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
6013 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
6014
6015 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
6016 }
6017 else if (loc)
6018 {
6019 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
6020 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
6021
6022 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
6023 demangle, "");
6024 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
6025
6026 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
6027 }
6028 else
6029 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
6030
6031 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
6032 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6033 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
6034 {
6035 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6036 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6037 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
6038 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
6039 }
6040
6041 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6042 }
6043
6044 static const char *
6045 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
6046 {
6047 struct ep_type_description
6048 {
6049 enum bptype type;
6050 char *description;
6051 };
6052 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
6053 {
6054 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
6055 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
6056 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
6057 {bp_single_step, "sw single-step"},
6058 {bp_until, "until"},
6059 {bp_finish, "finish"},
6060 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
6061 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
6062 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
6063 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
6064 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
6065 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
6066 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6067 {bp_exception, "exception"},
6068 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
6069 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
6070 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
6071 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
6072 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
6073 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
6074 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
6075 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
6076 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
6077 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
6078 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
6079 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
6080 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
6081 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
6082 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
6083 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
6084 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
6085 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
6086 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6087 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6088 };
6089
6090 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
6091 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
6092 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6093 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6094 (int) type);
6095
6096 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
6097 }
6098
6099 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6100 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6101
6102 static void
6103 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
6104 const char *field_name,
6105 VEC(int) *inf_num,
6106 int mi_only)
6107 {
6108 struct cleanup *back_to;
6109 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
6110 int inf;
6111 int i;
6112
6113 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6114 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6115 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
6116 return;
6117
6118 back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout, field_name);
6119
6120 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
6121 {
6122 if (is_mi)
6123 {
6124 char mi_group[10];
6125
6126 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
6127 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
6128 }
6129 else
6130 {
6131 if (i == 0)
6132 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
6133 else
6134 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
6135
6136 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
6137 }
6138 }
6139
6140 do_cleanups (back_to);
6141 }
6142
6143 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6144
6145 static void
6146 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6147 struct bp_location *loc,
6148 int loc_number,
6149 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6150 int allflag)
6151 {
6152 struct command_line *l;
6153 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
6154
6155 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6156 int header_of_multiple = 0;
6157 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
6158 struct value_print_options opts;
6159
6160 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6161
6162 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
6163 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6164 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6165 if (loc == NULL
6166 && (b->loc != NULL
6167 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
6168 header_of_multiple = 1;
6169 if (loc == NULL)
6170 loc = b->loc;
6171
6172 annotate_record ();
6173
6174 /* 1 */
6175 annotate_field (0);
6176 if (part_of_multiple)
6177 {
6178 char *formatted;
6179 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
6180 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
6181 xfree (formatted);
6182 }
6183 else
6184 {
6185 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
6186 }
6187
6188 /* 2 */
6189 annotate_field (1);
6190 if (part_of_multiple)
6191 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
6192 else
6193 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
6194
6195 /* 3 */
6196 annotate_field (2);
6197 if (part_of_multiple)
6198 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
6199 else
6200 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6201
6202
6203 /* 4 */
6204 annotate_field (3);
6205 if (part_of_multiple)
6206 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
6207 else
6208 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
6209 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
6210 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
6211
6212
6213 /* 5 and 6 */
6214 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
6215 {
6216 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6217 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6218 make sure there's just one location. */
6219 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
6220 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6221 }
6222 else
6223 switch (b->type)
6224 {
6225 case bp_none:
6226 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6227 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6228 break;
6229
6230 case bp_watchpoint:
6231 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6232 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6233 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6234 {
6235 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6236
6237 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6238 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6239 is relatively readable). */
6240 if (opts.addressprint)
6241 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6242 annotate_field (5);
6243 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
6244 }
6245 break;
6246
6247 case bp_breakpoint:
6248 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6249 case bp_single_step:
6250 case bp_until:
6251 case bp_finish:
6252 case bp_longjmp:
6253 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6254 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6255 case bp_exception:
6256 case bp_exception_resume:
6257 case bp_step_resume:
6258 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6259 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6260 case bp_call_dummy:
6261 case bp_std_terminate:
6262 case bp_shlib_event:
6263 case bp_thread_event:
6264 case bp_overlay_event:
6265 case bp_longjmp_master:
6266 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6267 case bp_exception_master:
6268 case bp_tracepoint:
6269 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6270 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6271 case bp_dprintf:
6272 case bp_jit_event:
6273 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6274 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6275 if (opts.addressprint)
6276 {
6277 annotate_field (4);
6278 if (header_of_multiple)
6279 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6280 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6281 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6282 else
6283 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
6284 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6285 }
6286 annotate_field (5);
6287 if (!header_of_multiple)
6288 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6289 if (b->loc)
6290 *last_loc = b->loc;
6291 break;
6292 }
6293
6294
6295 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6296 {
6297 struct inferior *inf;
6298 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6299 int mi_only = 1;
6300
6301 ALL_INFERIORS (inf)
6302 {
6303 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6304 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6305 }
6306
6307 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6308 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6309 if (allflag
6310 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6311 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6312 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6313 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6314 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6315 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6316 mi_only = 0;
6317 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6318 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6319 }
6320
6321 if (!part_of_multiple)
6322 {
6323 if (b->thread != -1)
6324 {
6325 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6326 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6327 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6328 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6329 }
6330 else if (b->task != 0)
6331 {
6332 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6333 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6334 }
6335 }
6336
6337 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6338
6339 if (!part_of_multiple)
6340 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6341
6342 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6343 {
6344 annotate_field (6);
6345 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6346 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6347 the frame ID. */
6348 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6349 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6350 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6351 }
6352
6353 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6354 {
6355 annotate_field (7);
6356 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6357 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6358 else
6359 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6360 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6361
6362 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6363 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6364 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6365 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6366 == condition_evaluation_target)
6367 {
6368 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6369 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6370 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6371 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6372 }
6373 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6374 }
6375
6376 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6377 {
6378 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6379 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6380 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6381 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6382 }
6383
6384 if (!part_of_multiple)
6385 {
6386 if (b->hit_count)
6387 {
6388 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6389 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6390 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6391 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6392 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6393 else
6394 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6395 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6396 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6397 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6398 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6399 else
6400 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6401 }
6402 else
6403 {
6404 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6405 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6406 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6407 }
6408 }
6409
6410 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6411 {
6412 annotate_field (8);
6413 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6414 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6415 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6416 }
6417
6418 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6419 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6420 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6421 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6422 {
6423 annotate_field (8);
6424 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6425 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6426 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6427 if (b->ignore_count)
6428 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6429 else
6430 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6431 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6432 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6433 }
6434
6435 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6436 {
6437 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6438
6439 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6440 {
6441 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6442 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6443 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6444 }
6445 }
6446
6447 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6448 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6449 {
6450 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6451
6452 annotate_field (9);
6453 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6454 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6455 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6456 }
6457
6458 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6459 {
6460 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6461
6462 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6463 {
6464 annotate_field (10);
6465 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6466 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6467 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6468 }
6469
6470 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6471 pending. */
6472 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6473 {
6474 annotate_field (11);
6475
6476 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6477 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6478 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6479 else
6480 {
6481 if (loc->inserted)
6482 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6483 else
6484 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6485 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6486 }
6487 }
6488 }
6489
6490 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6491 {
6492 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6493 {
6494 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6495
6496 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6497 }
6498 else if (b->addr_string)
6499 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6500 }
6501 }
6502
6503 static void
6504 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6505 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6506 int allflag)
6507 {
6508 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6509 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6510
6511 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6512
6513 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6514 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6515
6516 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6517 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6518 locations, if any. */
6519 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6520 {
6521 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6522 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6523 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6524 situation.
6525
6526 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6527 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6528 if (b->loc
6529 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6530 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6531 {
6532 struct bp_location *loc;
6533 int n = 1;
6534
6535 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6536 {
6537 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6538 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6539 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6540 do_cleanups (inner2);
6541 }
6542 }
6543 }
6544 }
6545
6546 static int
6547 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6548 {
6549 int print_address_bits = 0;
6550 struct bp_location *loc;
6551
6552 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6553 {
6554 int addr_bit;
6555
6556 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6557 an address to print. */
6558 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6559 continue;
6560
6561 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6562 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6563 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6564 }
6565
6566 return print_address_bits;
6567 }
6568
6569 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6570 {
6571 int bnum;
6572 };
6573
6574 static int
6575 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6576 {
6577 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6578 struct breakpoint *b;
6579 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6580
6581 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6582 {
6583 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6584 {
6585 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6586 return GDB_RC_OK;
6587 }
6588 }
6589 return GDB_RC_NONE;
6590 }
6591
6592 enum gdb_rc
6593 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6594 char **error_message)
6595 {
6596 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6597
6598 args.bnum = bnum;
6599 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6600 an error. */
6601 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6602 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6603 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
6604 else
6605 return GDB_RC_OK;
6606 }
6607
6608 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6609 internal or momentary. */
6610
6611 int
6612 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6613 {
6614 return b->number > 0;
6615 }
6616
6617 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6618 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6619 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6620 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6621 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6622 breakpoints listed. */
6623
6624 static int
6625 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6626 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6627 {
6628 struct breakpoint *b;
6629 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6630 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6631 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6632 struct value_print_options opts;
6633 int print_address_bits = 0;
6634 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6635 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6636
6637 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6638
6639 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6640 required for address fields. */
6641 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6642 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6643 {
6644 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6645 if (filter && !filter (b))
6646 continue;
6647
6648 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6649 accept. Skip the others. */
6650 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6651 {
6652 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6653 continue;
6654 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6655 continue;
6656 }
6657
6658 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6659 {
6660 int addr_bit, type_len;
6661
6662 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6663 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6664 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6665
6666 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6667 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6668 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6669
6670 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6671 }
6672 }
6673
6674 if (opts.addressprint)
6675 bkpttbl_chain
6676 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6677 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6678 "BreakpointTable");
6679 else
6680 bkpttbl_chain
6681 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6682 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6683 "BreakpointTable");
6684
6685 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6686 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6687 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6688 annotate_field (0);
6689 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6690 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6691 annotate_field (1);
6692 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6693 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6694 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6695 annotate_field (2);
6696 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6697 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6698 annotate_field (3);
6699 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6700 if (opts.addressprint)
6701 {
6702 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6703 annotate_field (4);
6704 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6705 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6706 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6707 else
6708 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6709 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6710 }
6711 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6712 annotate_field (5);
6713 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6714 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6715 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6716 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6717
6718 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6719 {
6720 QUIT;
6721 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6722 if (filter && !filter (b))
6723 continue;
6724
6725 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6726 accept. Skip the others. */
6727
6728 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6729 {
6730 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6731 {
6732 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6733 continue;
6734 }
6735 else /* all others */
6736 {
6737 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6738 continue;
6739 }
6740 }
6741 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6742 allflag is set. */
6743 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6744 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6745 }
6746
6747 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6748
6749 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6750 {
6751 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6752 empty list. */
6753 if (!filter)
6754 {
6755 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6756 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6757 else
6758 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6759 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6760 args);
6761 }
6762 }
6763 else
6764 {
6765 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6766 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6767 }
6768
6769 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6770 there have been breakpoints? */
6771 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6772
6773 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6774 }
6775
6776 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6777 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6778
6779 static void
6780 default_collect_info (void)
6781 {
6782 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6783
6784 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6785 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6786 not wanted. */
6787 if (!*default_collect)
6788 return;
6789
6790 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6791 actions. */
6792 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6793 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6794 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6795 }
6796
6797 static void
6798 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6799 {
6800 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6801
6802 default_collect_info ();
6803 }
6804
6805 static void
6806 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6807 {
6808 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6809 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6810
6811 if (num_printed == 0)
6812 {
6813 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6814 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6815 else
6816 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6817 }
6818 }
6819
6820 static void
6821 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6822 {
6823 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6824
6825 default_collect_info ();
6826 }
6827
6828 static int
6829 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6830 struct program_space *pspace,
6831 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6832 {
6833 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6834
6835 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6836 {
6837 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6838 && bl->address == pc
6839 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6840 return 1;
6841 }
6842 return 0;
6843 }
6844
6845 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6846 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6847 address spaces. */
6848
6849 static void
6850 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6851 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6852 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6853 {
6854 int others = 0;
6855 struct breakpoint *b;
6856
6857 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6858 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6859 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6860 if (others > 0)
6861 {
6862 if (others == 1)
6863 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6864 else /* if (others == ???) */
6865 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6866 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6867 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6868 {
6869 others--;
6870 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6871 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6872 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6873 else if (b->thread != -1)
6874 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6875 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6876 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6877 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6878 ? " (disabled)"
6879 : ""),
6880 (others > 1) ? ","
6881 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6882 }
6883 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6884 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6885 printf_filtered (".\n");
6886 }
6887 }
6888 \f
6889
6890 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6891 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6892 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6893 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6894
6895 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6896 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6897 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6898 breakpoint at address zero:
6899
6900 bp_watchpoint
6901 bp_catchpoint
6902
6903 */
6904
6905 static int
6906 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6907 {
6908 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6909
6910 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6911 }
6912
6913 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6914 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6915
6916 static int
6917 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6918 struct bp_location *loc2)
6919 {
6920 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6921 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6922
6923 /* Both of them must exist. */
6924 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6925 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6926
6927 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6928 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6929 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6930 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6931 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6932 other watchpoint. */
6933 if ((w1->cond_exp
6934 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6935 loc1->length,
6936 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6937 w1->cond_exp))
6938 || (w2->cond_exp
6939 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6940 loc2->length,
6941 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6942 w2->cond_exp)))
6943 return 0;
6944
6945 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6946 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6947 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6948 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6949 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6950 become hw_access locations later. */
6951 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6952 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6953 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6954 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6955 }
6956
6957 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6958
6959 int
6960 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6961 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6962 {
6963 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6964 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6965 && addr1 == addr2);
6966 }
6967
6968 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6969 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6970 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6971 space doesn't really matter. */
6972
6973 static int
6974 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6975 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6976 CORE_ADDR addr2)
6977 {
6978 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6979 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6980 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6981 }
6982
6983 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6984 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6985 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6986 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6987
6988 static int
6989 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6990 struct address_space *aspace,
6991 CORE_ADDR addr)
6992 {
6993 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6994 aspace, addr)
6995 || (bl->length
6996 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6997 bl->address, bl->length,
6998 aspace, addr)));
6999 }
7000
7001 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7002 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7003 true, otherwise returns false. */
7004
7005 static int
7006 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
7007 struct bp_location *loc2)
7008 {
7009 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
7010 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7011 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7012 different locations. */
7013 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
7014 else
7015 return 0;
7016 }
7017
7018 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7019 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7020 represent the same location. */
7021
7022 static int
7023 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
7024 struct bp_location *loc2)
7025 {
7026 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
7027
7028 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7029 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
7030 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
7031
7032 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
7033 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
7034
7035 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
7036 return 0;
7037 else if (hw_point1)
7038 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7039 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
7040 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7041 else
7042 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7043 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
7044 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
7045 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
7046 }
7047
7048 static void
7049 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
7050 int bnum, int have_bnum)
7051 {
7052 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7053 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7054 char astr1[64];
7055 char astr2[64];
7056
7057 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
7058 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
7059 if (have_bnum)
7060 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7061 bnum, astr1, astr2);
7062 else
7063 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
7064 }
7065
7066 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7067 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7068 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7069 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7070
7071 static CORE_ADDR
7072 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7073 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
7074 {
7075 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
7076 {
7077 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7078 return bpaddr;
7079 }
7080 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
7081 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
7082 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
7083 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
7084 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
7085 {
7086 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7087 have their addresses modified. */
7088 return bpaddr;
7089 }
7090 else if (bptype == bp_single_step)
7091 {
7092 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7093 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7094 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7095 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7096 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7097 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7098 return bpaddr;
7099 }
7100 else
7101 {
7102 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
7103
7104 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7105 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7106 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
7107
7108 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7109 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7110 is required. */
7111 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
7112 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
7113
7114 return adjusted_bpaddr;
7115 }
7116 }
7117
7118 void
7119 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
7120 struct breakpoint *owner)
7121 {
7122 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
7123
7124 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7125
7126 loc->ops = ops;
7127 loc->owner = owner;
7128 loc->cond = NULL;
7129 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
7130 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
7131 loc->enabled = 1;
7132
7133 switch (owner->type)
7134 {
7135 case bp_breakpoint:
7136 case bp_single_step:
7137 case bp_until:
7138 case bp_finish:
7139 case bp_longjmp:
7140 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7141 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
7142 case bp_exception:
7143 case bp_exception_resume:
7144 case bp_step_resume:
7145 case bp_hp_step_resume:
7146 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7147 case bp_call_dummy:
7148 case bp_std_terminate:
7149 case bp_shlib_event:
7150 case bp_thread_event:
7151 case bp_overlay_event:
7152 case bp_jit_event:
7153 case bp_longjmp_master:
7154 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7155 case bp_exception_master:
7156 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7157 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7158 case bp_dprintf:
7159 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
7160 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7161 break;
7162 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7163 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
7164 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7165 break;
7166 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7167 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7168 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7169 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
7170 break;
7171 case bp_watchpoint:
7172 case bp_catchpoint:
7173 case bp_tracepoint:
7174 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7175 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7176 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
7177 break;
7178 default:
7179 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7180 }
7181
7182 loc->refc = 1;
7183 }
7184
7185 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7186
7187 static struct bp_location *
7188 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7189 {
7190 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
7191 }
7192
7193 static void
7194 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
7195 {
7196 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
7197 xfree (loc);
7198 }
7199
7200 /* Increment reference count. */
7201
7202 static void
7203 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
7204 {
7205 ++bl->refc;
7206 }
7207
7208 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7209 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7210
7211 static void
7212 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
7213 {
7214 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
7215
7216 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
7217 free_bp_location (*blp);
7218 *blp = NULL;
7219 }
7220
7221 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7222
7223 static void
7224 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
7225 {
7226 struct breakpoint *b1;
7227
7228 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7229 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7230
7231 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7232 if (b1 == 0)
7233 breakpoint_chain = b;
7234 else
7235 {
7236 while (b1->next)
7237 b1 = b1->next;
7238 b1->next = b;
7239 }
7240 }
7241
7242 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7243
7244 static void
7245 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7246 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7247 enum bptype bptype,
7248 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7249 {
7250 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
7251
7252 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7253
7254 b->ops = ops;
7255 b->type = bptype;
7256 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7257 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7258 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7259 b->thread = -1;
7260 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7261 b->next = 0;
7262 b->silent = 0;
7263 b->ignore_count = 0;
7264 b->commands = NULL;
7265 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
7266 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7267 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
7268 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7269 }
7270
7271 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7272 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7273
7274 static struct breakpoint *
7275 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7276 enum bptype bptype,
7277 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7278 {
7279 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7280
7281 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7282 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7283 return b;
7284 }
7285
7286 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7287 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7288 enough. */
7289
7290 static void
7291 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7292 {
7293 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7294
7295 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7296 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7297 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7298 {
7299 int is_gnu_ifunc;
7300 const char *function_name;
7301 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
7302
7303 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7304 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7305
7306 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7307 {
7308 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7309
7310 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7311 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7312 &loc->requested_address))
7313 {
7314 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7315 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7316 loc->requested_address,
7317 b->type);
7318 }
7319 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7320 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7321 {
7322 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7323 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7324 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7325 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7326 breakpoint. */
7327 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7328 }
7329 }
7330
7331 if (function_name)
7332 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7333 }
7334 }
7335
7336 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7337 struct gdbarch *
7338 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7339 {
7340 if (sal.section)
7341 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7342 if (sal.symtab)
7343 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal.symtab));
7344
7345 return NULL;
7346 }
7347
7348 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7349 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7350 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7351
7352 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7353 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7354 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7355
7356 static void
7357 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7358 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7359 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7360 {
7361 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7362
7363 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7364
7365 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7366 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7367
7368 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7369 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7370 program space. */
7371 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7372 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7373 }
7374
7375 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7376 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7377 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7378 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7379 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7380 is also returned as the value of this function.
7381
7382 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7383 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7384 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7385 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7386 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7387 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7388 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7389
7390 struct breakpoint *
7391 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7392 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7393 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7394 {
7395 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7396
7397 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7398 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7399 return b;
7400 }
7401
7402
7403 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7404 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7405 void
7406 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7407 {
7408 struct bp_location *bl;
7409
7410 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7411 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7412 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7413 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7414 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7415 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7416 {
7417 bl->permanent = 1;
7418 bl->inserted = 1;
7419 }
7420 }
7421
7422 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7423 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7424 initiated the operation. */
7425
7426 void
7427 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7428 {
7429 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7430 int thread = tp->num;
7431
7432 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7433 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7434 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7435 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7436 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7437 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7438 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7439 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7440 {
7441 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7442 struct breakpoint *clone;
7443
7444 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7445 after their removal. */
7446 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7447 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7448 clone->thread = thread;
7449 }
7450
7451 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7452 }
7453
7454 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7455 void
7456 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7457 {
7458 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7459
7460 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7461 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7462 {
7463 if (b->thread == thread)
7464 delete_breakpoint (b);
7465 }
7466 }
7467
7468 void
7469 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7470 {
7471 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7472
7473 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7474 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7475 {
7476 if (b->thread == thread)
7477 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7478 }
7479 }
7480
7481 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7482 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7483 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7484 breakpoints. */
7485
7486 struct breakpoint *
7487 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7488 {
7489 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7490
7491 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7492 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7493 {
7494 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7495
7496 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7497 &momentary_breakpoint_ops,
7498 1);
7499 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7500
7501 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7502
7503 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7504 if (retval == NULL)
7505 retval = new_b;
7506 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7507 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7508 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7509 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7510 }
7511
7512 return retval;
7513 }
7514
7515 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7516 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7517 stack.
7518
7519 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7520 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7521 frames. */
7522
7523 void
7524 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info *tp)
7525 {
7526 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7527
7528 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7529 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == tp->num)
7530 {
7531 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7532
7533 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7534 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7535 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7536 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7537 continue;
7538
7539 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id, tp->ptid);
7540
7541 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7542 {
7543 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7544 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7545 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7546 }
7547 delete_breakpoint (b);
7548 }
7549 }
7550
7551 void
7552 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7553 {
7554 struct breakpoint *b;
7555
7556 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7557 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7558 {
7559 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7560 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7561 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7562 }
7563 }
7564
7565 void
7566 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7567 {
7568 struct breakpoint *b;
7569
7570 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7571 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7572 {
7573 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7574 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
7575 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7576 }
7577 }
7578
7579 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7580 master breakpoint. */
7581 void
7582 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7583 {
7584 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7585
7586 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7587 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7588 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7589 {
7590 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7591 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7592 }
7593 }
7594
7595 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7596 void
7597 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7598 {
7599 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7600
7601 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7602 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7603 delete_breakpoint (b);
7604 }
7605
7606 struct breakpoint *
7607 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7608 {
7609 struct breakpoint *b;
7610
7611 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7612 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7613
7614 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7615 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7616 b->addr_string
7617 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7618
7619 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7620
7621 return b;
7622 }
7623
7624 void
7625 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7626 {
7627 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7628
7629 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7630 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7631 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7632 delete_breakpoint (b);
7633 }
7634
7635 struct lang_and_radix
7636 {
7637 enum language lang;
7638 int radix;
7639 };
7640
7641 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7642
7643 struct breakpoint *
7644 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7645 {
7646 struct breakpoint *b;
7647
7648 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7649 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7650 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7651 return b;
7652 }
7653
7654 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7655
7656 void
7657 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7658 {
7659 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7660
7661 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7662 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7663 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7664 delete_breakpoint (b);
7665 }
7666
7667 void
7668 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7669 {
7670 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7671
7672 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7673 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7674 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7675 delete_breakpoint (b);
7676 }
7677
7678 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7679
7680 void
7681 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7682 {
7683 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7684
7685 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7686 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7687 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7688 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7689 }
7690
7691 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7692 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7693 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7694
7695 static struct breakpoint *
7696 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address,
7697 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
7698 {
7699 struct breakpoint *b;
7700
7701 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7702 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7703 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode);
7704 return b;
7705 }
7706
7707 struct breakpoint *
7708 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7709 {
7710 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7711 }
7712
7713 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7714
7715 struct breakpoint *
7716 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7717 {
7718 struct breakpoint *b;
7719
7720 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7721 locations. */
7722 b = create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_INSERT);
7723 if (!b->loc->inserted)
7724 {
7725 delete_breakpoint (b);
7726 return NULL;
7727 }
7728 return b;
7729 }
7730
7731 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7732 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7733
7734 void
7735 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7736 {
7737 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7738
7739 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7740 {
7741 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7742 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7743
7744 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7745 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7746 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7747 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7748 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7749 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7750 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7751 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7752 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7753 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7754 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7755 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7756 )
7757 {
7758 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7759 }
7760 }
7761 }
7762
7763 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7764 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7765 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7766
7767 static void
7768 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7769 {
7770 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7771 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7772
7773 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7774 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7775 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7776 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7777 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7778 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7779 return;
7780
7781 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7782 {
7783 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7784 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7785
7786 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7787 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7788 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7789 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7790 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7791 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7792 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7793 || is_tracepoint (b))
7794 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7795 {
7796 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7797 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7798 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7799 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7800 loc->inserted = 0;
7801
7802 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7803 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7804
7805 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7806 {
7807 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7808 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7809 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7810 solib->so_name);
7811 }
7812 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7813 }
7814 }
7815 }
7816
7817 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7818 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7819 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7820
7821 static void
7822 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7823 {
7824 struct breakpoint *b;
7825
7826 if (objfile == NULL)
7827 return;
7828
7829 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7830 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7831 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7832 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7833 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7834 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7835 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7836 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7837 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7838 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7839 main objfile). */
7840 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) == 0
7841 || (objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED) == 0)
7842 return;
7843
7844 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7845 {
7846 struct bp_location *loc;
7847 int bp_modified = 0;
7848
7849 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
7850 continue;
7851
7852 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
7853 {
7854 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
7855
7856 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7857 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7858 continue;
7859
7860 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
7861 continue;
7862
7863 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
7864 continue;
7865
7866 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7867 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7868 continue;
7869
7870 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
7871 {
7872 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7873 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7874 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7875 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7876 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7877 unmapped. */
7878
7879 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7880
7881 bp_modified = 1;
7882 }
7883 }
7884
7885 if (bp_modified)
7886 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7887 }
7888 }
7889
7890 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7891
7892 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7893 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7894 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7895 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7896 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7897
7898 struct fork_catchpoint
7899 {
7900 /* The base class. */
7901 struct breakpoint base;
7902
7903 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7904 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7905 catchpoint has triggered. */
7906 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7907 };
7908
7909 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7910 catchpoints. */
7911
7912 static int
7913 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7914 {
7915 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7916 }
7917
7918 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7919 catchpoints. */
7920
7921 static int
7922 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7923 {
7924 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7925 }
7926
7927 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7928 catchpoints. */
7929
7930 static int
7931 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7932 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7933 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7934 {
7935 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7936
7937 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7938 return 0;
7939
7940 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7941 return 1;
7942 }
7943
7944 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7945 catchpoints. */
7946
7947 static enum print_stop_action
7948 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7949 {
7950 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7951 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7952 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7953
7954 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7955 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7956 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7957 else
7958 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7959 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7960 {
7961 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7962 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7963 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7964 }
7965 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7966 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7967 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7968 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7969 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7970 }
7971
7972 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7973 catchpoints. */
7974
7975 static void
7976 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7977 {
7978 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7979 struct value_print_options opts;
7980 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7981
7982 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7983
7984 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7985 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7986 readable). */
7987 if (opts.addressprint)
7988 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7989 annotate_field (5);
7990 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7991 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7992 {
7993 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7994 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7995 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7996 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7997 }
7998
7999 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8000 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
8001 }
8002
8003 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8004 catchpoints. */
8005
8006 static void
8007 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
8008 {
8009 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
8010 }
8011
8012 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8013 catchpoints. */
8014
8015 static void
8016 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8017 {
8018 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
8019 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8020 }
8021
8022 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8023
8024 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
8025
8026 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8027 catchpoints. */
8028
8029 static int
8030 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
8031 {
8032 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8033 }
8034
8035 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8036 catchpoints. */
8037
8038 static int
8039 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
8040 {
8041 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8042 }
8043
8044 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8045 catchpoints. */
8046
8047 static int
8048 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
8049 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8050 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8051 {
8052 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8053
8054 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
8055 return 0;
8056
8057 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
8058 return 1;
8059 }
8060
8061 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8062 catchpoints. */
8063
8064 static enum print_stop_action
8065 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
8066 {
8067 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8068 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8069 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8070
8071 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8072 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8073 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8074 else
8075 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8076 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8077 {
8078 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8079 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
8080 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8081 }
8082 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8083 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
8084 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8085 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8086 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8087 }
8088
8089 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8090 catchpoints. */
8091
8092 static void
8093 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8094 {
8095 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8096 struct value_print_options opts;
8097 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8098
8099 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8100 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8101 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8102 readable). */
8103 if (opts.addressprint)
8104 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8105 annotate_field (5);
8106 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
8107 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
8108 {
8109 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
8110 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
8111 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8112 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
8113 }
8114
8115 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8116 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
8117 }
8118
8119 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8120 catchpoints. */
8121
8122 static void
8123 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
8124 {
8125 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
8126 }
8127
8128 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8129 catchpoints. */
8130
8131 static void
8132 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8133 {
8134 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
8135 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8136 }
8137
8138 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8139
8140 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
8141
8142 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8143 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8144 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8145 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8146 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8147
8148 struct solib_catchpoint
8149 {
8150 /* The base class. */
8151 struct breakpoint base;
8152
8153 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8154 unsigned char is_load;
8155
8156 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8157 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8158 char *regex;
8159 regex_t compiled;
8160 };
8161
8162 static void
8163 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8164 {
8165 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8166
8167 if (self->regex)
8168 regfree (&self->compiled);
8169 xfree (self->regex);
8170
8171 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8172 }
8173
8174 static int
8175 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8176 {
8177 return 0;
8178 }
8179
8180 static int
8181 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8182 {
8183 return 0;
8184 }
8185
8186 static int
8187 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
8188 struct address_space *aspace,
8189 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8190 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8191 {
8192 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8193 struct breakpoint *other;
8194
8195 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
8196 return 1;
8197
8198 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
8199 {
8200 struct bp_location *other_bl;
8201
8202 if (other == bl->owner)
8203 continue;
8204
8205 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
8206 continue;
8207
8208 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
8209 continue;
8210
8211 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
8212 {
8213 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
8214 return 1;
8215 }
8216 }
8217
8218 return 0;
8219 }
8220
8221 static void
8222 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
8223 {
8224 struct solib_catchpoint *self
8225 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8226 int ix;
8227
8228 if (self->is_load)
8229 {
8230 struct so_list *iter;
8231
8232 for (ix = 0;
8233 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
8234 ix, iter);
8235 ++ix)
8236 {
8237 if (!self->regex
8238 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8239 return;
8240 }
8241 }
8242 else
8243 {
8244 char *iter;
8245
8246 for (ix = 0;
8247 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
8248 ix, iter);
8249 ++ix)
8250 {
8251 if (!self->regex
8252 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8253 return;
8254 }
8255 }
8256
8257 bs->stop = 0;
8258 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
8259 }
8260
8261 static enum print_stop_action
8262 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
8263 {
8264 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8265 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8266
8267 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8268 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8269 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8270 else
8271 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8272 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8273 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8274 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8275 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8276 print_solib_event (1);
8277 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8278 }
8279
8280 static void
8281 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
8282 {
8283 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8284 struct value_print_options opts;
8285 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8286 char *msg;
8287
8288 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8289 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8290 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8291 readable). */
8292 if (opts.addressprint)
8293 {
8294 annotate_field (4);
8295 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8296 }
8297
8298 annotate_field (5);
8299 if (self->is_load)
8300 {
8301 if (self->regex)
8302 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8303 else
8304 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8305 }
8306 else
8307 {
8308 if (self->regex)
8309 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8310 else
8311 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8312 }
8313 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
8314 xfree (msg);
8315
8316 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8317 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
8318 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8319 }
8320
8321 static void
8322 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8323 {
8324 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8325
8326 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8327 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8328 }
8329
8330 static void
8331 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8332 {
8333 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8334
8335 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8336 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8337 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8338 if (self->regex)
8339 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8340 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8341 }
8342
8343 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8344
8345 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8346 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8347 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8348 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8349 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8350 created in an enabled state. */
8351
8352 void
8353 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8354 {
8355 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
8356 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8357 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8358
8359 if (!arg)
8360 arg = "";
8361 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8362
8363 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
8364 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
8365
8366 if (*arg != '\0')
8367 {
8368 int errcode;
8369
8370 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
8371 if (errcode != 0)
8372 {
8373 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
8374
8375 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
8376 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
8377 }
8378 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8379 }
8380
8381 c->is_load = is_load;
8382 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8383 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8384
8385 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8386
8387 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
8388 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8389 }
8390
8391 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8392 "catch unload". */
8393
8394 static void
8395 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8396 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8397 {
8398 int tempflag;
8399 const int enabled = 1;
8400
8401 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8402
8403 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8404 }
8405
8406 static void
8407 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8408 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8409 {
8410 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8411 }
8412
8413 static void
8414 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8415 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8416 {
8417 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8418 }
8419
8420 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8421 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8422 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8423 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8424 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8425
8426 struct syscall_catchpoint
8427 {
8428 /* The base class. */
8429 struct breakpoint base;
8430
8431 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8432 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8433 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8434 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8435 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8436 };
8437
8438 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8439 catchpoints. */
8440
8441 static void
8442 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8443 {
8444 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8445
8446 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8447
8448 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8449 }
8450
8451 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8452
8453 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8454 {
8455 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8456 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8457 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8458
8459 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8460 int any_syscall_count;
8461
8462 /* Count of each system call. */
8463 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8464
8465 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8466 if any catching is necessary. */
8467 int total_syscalls_count;
8468 };
8469
8470 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8471 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8472 {
8473 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8474
8475 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8476 if (inf_data == NULL)
8477 {
8478 inf_data = XCNEW (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8479 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8480 }
8481
8482 return inf_data;
8483 }
8484
8485 static void
8486 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8487 {
8488 xfree (arg);
8489 }
8490
8491
8492 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8493 catchpoints. */
8494
8495 static int
8496 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8497 {
8498 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8499 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8500 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8501 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8502
8503 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8504 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8505 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8506 else
8507 {
8508 int i, iter;
8509
8510 for (i = 0;
8511 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8512 i++)
8513 {
8514 int elem;
8515
8516 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8517 {
8518 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8519 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8520 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8521 uintptr_t vec_addr;
8522 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8523 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8524 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8525 + vec_addr_offset);
8526 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8527 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8528 }
8529 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8530 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8531 }
8532 }
8533
8534 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8535 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8536 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8537 VEC_length (int,
8538 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8539 VEC_address (int,
8540 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8541 }
8542
8543 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8544 catchpoints. */
8545
8546 static int
8547 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8548 {
8549 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8550 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8551 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8552 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8553
8554 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8555 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8556 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8557 else
8558 {
8559 int i, iter;
8560
8561 for (i = 0;
8562 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8563 i++)
8564 {
8565 int elem;
8566 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8567 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8568 continue;
8569 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8570 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8571 }
8572 }
8573
8574 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8575 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8576 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8577 VEC_length (int,
8578 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8579 VEC_address (int,
8580 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8581 }
8582
8583 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8584 catchpoints. */
8585
8586 static int
8587 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8588 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8589 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8590 {
8591 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8592 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8593 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8594 int syscall_number = 0;
8595 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8596 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8597
8598 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8599 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8600 return 0;
8601
8602 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8603
8604 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8605 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8606 {
8607 int i, iter;
8608
8609 for (i = 0;
8610 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8611 i++)
8612 if (syscall_number == iter)
8613 return 1;
8614
8615 return 0;
8616 }
8617
8618 return 1;
8619 }
8620
8621 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8622 catchpoints. */
8623
8624 static enum print_stop_action
8625 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8626 {
8627 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8628 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8629 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8630 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8631 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8632 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8633 ptid_t ptid;
8634 struct target_waitstatus last;
8635 struct syscall s;
8636 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bs->bp_location_at->gdbarch;
8637
8638 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8639
8640 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch, last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8641
8642 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8643
8644 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8645 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8646 else
8647 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8648 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8649 {
8650 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8651 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8652 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8653 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8654 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8655 }
8656 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8657
8658 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8659 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8660 else
8661 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8662
8663 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8664 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8665 if (s.name != NULL)
8666 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8667
8668 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8669
8670 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8671 }
8672
8673 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8674 catchpoints. */
8675
8676 static void
8677 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8678 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8679 {
8680 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8681 struct value_print_options opts;
8682 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8683 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = b->loc->gdbarch;
8684
8685 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8686 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8687 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8688 readable). */
8689 if (opts.addressprint)
8690 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8691 annotate_field (5);
8692
8693 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8694 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8695 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8696 else
8697 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8698
8699 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8700 {
8701 int i, iter;
8702 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8703
8704 for (i = 0;
8705 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8706 i++)
8707 {
8708 char *x = text;
8709 struct syscall s;
8710 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch, iter, &s);
8711
8712 if (s.name != NULL)
8713 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8714 else
8715 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8716
8717 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8718 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8719 on every call. */
8720 xfree (x);
8721 }
8722 /* Remove the last comma. */
8723 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8724 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8725 }
8726 else
8727 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8728 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8729
8730 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8731 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8732 }
8733
8734 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8735 catchpoints. */
8736
8737 static void
8738 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8739 {
8740 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8741 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = b->loc->gdbarch;
8742
8743 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8744 {
8745 int i, iter;
8746
8747 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8748 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8749 else
8750 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8751
8752 for (i = 0;
8753 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8754 i++)
8755 {
8756 struct syscall s;
8757 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch, iter, &s);
8758
8759 if (s.name)
8760 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8761 else
8762 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8763 }
8764 printf_filtered (")");
8765 }
8766 else
8767 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8768 b->number);
8769 }
8770
8771 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8772 catchpoints. */
8773
8774 static void
8775 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8776 {
8777 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8778 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = b->loc->gdbarch;
8779
8780 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8781
8782 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8783 {
8784 int i, iter;
8785
8786 for (i = 0;
8787 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8788 i++)
8789 {
8790 struct syscall s;
8791
8792 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch, iter, &s);
8793 if (s.name)
8794 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8795 else
8796 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8797 }
8798 }
8799 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8800 }
8801
8802 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8803
8804 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8805
8806 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8807
8808 static int
8809 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8810 {
8811 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8812 }
8813
8814 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8815 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8816 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8817 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8818
8819 void
8820 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8821 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8822 char *cond_string,
8823 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8824 {
8825 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8826
8827 init_sal (&sal);
8828 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8829
8830 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8831
8832 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8833 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8834 }
8835
8836 void
8837 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8838 {
8839 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8840 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8841 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8842 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8843 if (!internal)
8844 mention (b);
8845 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8846
8847 if (update_gll)
8848 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8849 }
8850
8851 static void
8852 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8853 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8854 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8855 {
8856 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8857
8858 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8859
8860 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8861
8862 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8863 }
8864
8865 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8866
8867 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8868 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8869 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8870 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8871 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8872
8873 struct exec_catchpoint
8874 {
8875 /* The base class. */
8876 struct breakpoint base;
8877
8878 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8879 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8880 triggered. */
8881 char *exec_pathname;
8882 };
8883
8884 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8885 catchpoints. */
8886
8887 static void
8888 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8889 {
8890 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8891
8892 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8893
8894 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8895 }
8896
8897 static int
8898 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8899 {
8900 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8901 }
8902
8903 static int
8904 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8905 {
8906 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8907 }
8908
8909 static int
8910 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8911 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8912 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8913 {
8914 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8915
8916 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8917 return 0;
8918
8919 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8920 return 1;
8921 }
8922
8923 static enum print_stop_action
8924 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8925 {
8926 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8927 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8928 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8929
8930 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8931 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8932 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8933 else
8934 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8935 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8936 {
8937 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8938 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8939 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8940 }
8941 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8942 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8943 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8944 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8945
8946 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8947 }
8948
8949 static void
8950 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8951 {
8952 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8953 struct value_print_options opts;
8954 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8955
8956 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8957
8958 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8959 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8960 is relatively readable). */
8961 if (opts.addressprint)
8962 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8963 annotate_field (5);
8964 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8965 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8966 {
8967 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8968 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8969 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8970 }
8971
8972 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8973 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8974 }
8975
8976 static void
8977 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8978 {
8979 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8980 }
8981
8982 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8983 catchpoints. */
8984
8985 static void
8986 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8987 {
8988 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8989 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8990 }
8991
8992 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8993
8994 static void
8995 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8996 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8997 {
8998 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8999 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9000
9001 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
9002 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
9003 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
9004
9005 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
9006 }
9007
9008 static int
9009 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
9010 {
9011 int i = 0;
9012 struct breakpoint *b;
9013 struct bp_location *bl;
9014
9015 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9016 {
9017 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
9018 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
9019 {
9020 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
9021 one register. */
9022 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
9023 }
9024 }
9025
9026 return i;
9027 }
9028
9029 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
9030 watchpoint. */
9031
9032 static int
9033 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
9034 {
9035 int i = 0;
9036 struct bp_location *bl;
9037
9038 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
9039 return 0;
9040
9041 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
9042 {
9043 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
9044 one register. */
9045 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
9046 }
9047
9048 return i;
9049 }
9050
9051 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
9052 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
9053 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
9054 types _not_ TYPE. */
9055
9056 static int
9057 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
9058 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
9059 {
9060 int i = 0;
9061 struct breakpoint *b;
9062
9063 *other_type_used = 0;
9064 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9065 {
9066 if (b == except)
9067 continue;
9068 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
9069 continue;
9070
9071 if (b->type == type)
9072 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
9073 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
9074 *other_type_used = 1;
9075 }
9076
9077 return i;
9078 }
9079
9080 void
9081 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
9082 {
9083 struct breakpoint *b;
9084
9085 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9086 {
9087 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
9088 {
9089 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
9090 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
9091 }
9092 }
9093 }
9094
9095 void
9096 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
9097 {
9098 struct breakpoint *b;
9099
9100 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9101 {
9102 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
9103 {
9104 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9105 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9106 }
9107 }
9108 }
9109
9110 void
9111 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
9112 {
9113 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
9114 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
9115 }
9116
9117 void
9118 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
9119 {
9120 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
9121 breakpoint_re_set ();
9122 }
9123
9124 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
9125 locations. */
9126
9127 static struct breakpoint *
9128 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread, struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
9129 {
9130 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9131
9132 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bp_single_step,
9133 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9134
9135 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9136 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
9137
9138 b->thread = thread;
9139 gdb_assert (b->thread != 0);
9140
9141 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
9142
9143 return b;
9144 }
9145
9146 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
9147 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
9148 frame. */
9149
9150 struct breakpoint *
9151 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
9152 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
9153 {
9154 struct breakpoint *b;
9155
9156 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
9157 tail-called one. */
9158 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
9159
9160 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9161 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9162 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9163 b->frame_id = frame_id;
9164
9165 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
9166 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
9167 control. */
9168 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
9169 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
9170
9171 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9172
9173 return b;
9174 }
9175
9176 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
9177 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
9178 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
9179
9180 static struct breakpoint *
9181 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
9182 enum bptype type,
9183 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9184 int loc_enabled)
9185 {
9186 struct breakpoint *copy;
9187
9188 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
9189 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
9190 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
9191
9192 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
9193 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
9194 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
9195 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
9196 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
9197 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
9198 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
9199 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
9200 copy->loc->enabled = loc_enabled;
9201 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
9202 copy->thread = orig->thread;
9203 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
9204
9205 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9206 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9207 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
9208
9209 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
9210 return copy;
9211 }
9212
9213 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
9214 ORIG is NULL. */
9215
9216 struct breakpoint *
9217 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
9218 {
9219 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
9220 if (orig == NULL)
9221 return NULL;
9222
9223 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops, 0);
9224 }
9225
9226 struct breakpoint *
9227 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
9228 enum bptype type)
9229 {
9230 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9231
9232 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9233 sal.pc = pc;
9234 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
9235 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9236
9237 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
9238 }
9239 \f
9240
9241 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
9242
9243 static void
9244 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
9245 {
9246 b->ops->print_mention (b);
9247 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
9248 return;
9249 printf_filtered ("\n");
9250 }
9251 \f
9252
9253 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc);
9254
9255 static struct bp_location *
9256 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9257 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9258 {
9259 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
9260 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
9261 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9262
9263 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
9264 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
9265
9266 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9267 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9268 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9269 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9270 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9271 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9272 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
9273 sal->pc, b->type);
9274
9275 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9276 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
9277 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
9278 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
9279 ;
9280 loc->next = *tmp;
9281 *tmp = loc;
9282
9283 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
9284 loc->address = adjusted_address;
9285 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
9286 loc->probe.probe = sal->probe;
9287 loc->probe.objfile = sal->objfile;
9288 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
9289 loc->section = sal->section;
9290 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
9291 loc->line_number = sal->line;
9292 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
9293
9294 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
9295 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
9296
9297 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9298 {
9299 loc->inserted = 1;
9300 loc->permanent = 1;
9301 }
9302
9303 return loc;
9304 }
9305 \f
9306
9307 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9308 return 0 otherwise. */
9309
9310 static int
9311 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
9312 {
9313 int len;
9314 CORE_ADDR addr;
9315 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
9316 gdb_byte *target_mem;
9317 struct cleanup *cleanup;
9318 int retval = 0;
9319
9320 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
9321
9322 /* bp_call_dummy breakpoint locations are usually memory locations
9323 where GDB just wrote a breakpoint instruction, making it look
9324 as if there is a permanent breakpoint at that location. Considering
9325 it permanent makes GDB rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop
9326 the program, thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint
9327 there. This is normally expected to work, except that some versions
9328 of QEMU (Eg: QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC) just report a fatal problem (Trap
9329 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state) instead of reporting
9330 a SIGTRAP. QEMU should probably be fixed, but in the interest of
9331 compatibility with versions that behave this way, we always consider
9332 bp_call_dummy breakpoint locations as non-permanent. */
9333 if (loc->owner->type == bp_call_dummy)
9334 return 0;
9335
9336 addr = loc->address;
9337 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
9338
9339 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9340 if (bpoint == NULL)
9341 return 0;
9342
9343 target_mem = alloca (len);
9344
9345 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9346 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9347 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9348 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9349
9350 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
9351 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9352
9353 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
9354 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
9355 retval = 1;
9356
9357 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9358
9359 return retval;
9360 }
9361
9362 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9363 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9364
9365 static void
9366 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
9367 {
9368 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
9369 char *printf_line = NULL;
9370
9371 if (!dprintf_args)
9372 return;
9373
9374 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9375
9376 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9377 insist on it. */
9378 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
9379 ++dprintf_args;
9380 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9381
9382 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
9383 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9384
9385 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
9386 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9387 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
9388 {
9389 if (!dprintf_function)
9390 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9391
9392 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
9393 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9394 dprintf_function,
9395 dprintf_channel,
9396 dprintf_args);
9397 else
9398 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9399 dprintf_function,
9400 dprintf_args);
9401 }
9402 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
9403 {
9404 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9405 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
9406 else
9407 {
9408 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9409 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9410 }
9411 }
9412 else
9413 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9414 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9415
9416 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
9417 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9418 {
9419 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line
9420 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9421
9422 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9423 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
9424 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
9425 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
9426 printf_cmd_line->next = NULL;
9427 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
9428
9429 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
9430 }
9431 }
9432
9433 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9434 current style settings. */
9435
9436 static void
9437 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
9438 struct cmd_list_element *c)
9439 {
9440 struct breakpoint *b;
9441
9442 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9443 {
9444 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
9445 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9446 }
9447 }
9448
9449 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9450 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9451 as condition expression. */
9452
9453 static void
9454 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9455 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9456 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9457 char *extra_string,
9458 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9459 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9460 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9461 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9462 int display_canonical)
9463 {
9464 int i;
9465
9466 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9467 {
9468 int target_resources_ok;
9469
9470 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9471 target_resources_ok =
9472 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9473 i + 1, 0);
9474 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9475 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9476 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9477 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9478 }
9479
9480 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9481
9482 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9483 {
9484 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9485 struct bp_location *loc;
9486
9487 if (from_tty)
9488 {
9489 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9490 if (!loc_gdbarch)
9491 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9492
9493 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9494 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9495 }
9496
9497 if (i == 0)
9498 {
9499 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9500 b->thread = thread;
9501 b->task = task;
9502
9503 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9504 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9505 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9506 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9507 b->disposition = disposition;
9508
9509 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9510 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9511
9512 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9513 {
9514 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9515 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9516
9517 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9518 {
9519 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9520 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9521 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9522 char *endp;
9523 char *marker_str;
9524
9525 p = skip_spaces (p);
9526
9527 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9528
9529 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9530 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9531
9532 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9533 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9534 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9535 }
9536 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9537 {
9538 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9539 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9540
9541 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9542 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9543 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9544 }
9545 else
9546 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9547 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9548 }
9549
9550 loc = b->loc;
9551 }
9552 else
9553 {
9554 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9555 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9556 loc->inserted = 1;
9557 }
9558
9559 if (b->cond_string)
9560 {
9561 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9562
9563 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9564 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9565 if (*arg)
9566 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9567 }
9568
9569 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9570 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9571 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9572 {
9573 if (b->extra_string)
9574 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9575 else
9576 error (_("Format string required"));
9577 }
9578 else if (b->extra_string)
9579 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9580 }
9581
9582 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9583 if (addr_string)
9584 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9585 else
9586 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9587 me. */
9588 b->addr_string
9589 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9590 b->filter = filter;
9591 }
9592
9593 static void
9594 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9595 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9596 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9597 char *extra_string,
9598 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9599 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9600 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9601 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9602 int display_canonical)
9603 {
9604 struct breakpoint *b;
9605 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9606
9607 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9608 {
9609 struct tracepoint *t;
9610
9611 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9612 b = &t->base;
9613 }
9614 else
9615 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9616
9617 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9618
9619 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9620 sals, addr_string,
9621 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9622 type, disposition,
9623 thread, task, ignore_count,
9624 ops, from_tty,
9625 enabled, internal, flags,
9626 display_canonical);
9627 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9628
9629 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9630 }
9631
9632 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9633 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9634 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9635 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9636 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9637 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9638 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9639 we take just a single condition string.
9640
9641 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9642 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9643 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9644 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9645 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9646
9647 static void
9648 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9649 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9650 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9651 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9652 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9653 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9654 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9655 {
9656 int i;
9657 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9658
9659 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9660 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9661
9662 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9663 {
9664 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9665 'break', without arguments. */
9666 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9667 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9668 : NULL);
9669 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9670 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9671
9672 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9673 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9674 addr_string,
9675 filter_string,
9676 cond_string, extra_string,
9677 type, disposition,
9678 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9679 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9680 canonical->special_display);
9681 discard_cleanups (inner);
9682 }
9683 }
9684
9685 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9686 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9687 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9688 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9689
9690 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9691 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9692
9693 static void
9694 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9695 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9696 {
9697 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9698 breakpoint. */
9699 if ((*address) == NULL
9700 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9701 {
9702 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9703 address. */
9704 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9705 {
9706 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9707 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9708 CORE_ADDR pc;
9709
9710 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9711 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9712 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9713
9714 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9715 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9716 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9717 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9718 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9719 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9720 pc = sal.pc;
9721 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9722
9723 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9724 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9725 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9726 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9727 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9728 sal.pc = pc;
9729 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9730
9731 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9732 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9733 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9734
9735 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9736 }
9737 else
9738 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9739 }
9740 else
9741 {
9742 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9743
9744 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9745 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9746 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9747 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9748
9749 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9750 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9751 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9752 && (!cursal.symtab
9753 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9754 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9755 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9756 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9757 get_last_displayed_line (),
9758 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9759 else
9760 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9761 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9762 }
9763 }
9764
9765
9766 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9767 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9768
9769 static void
9770 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9771 {
9772 int i;
9773
9774 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9775 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9776 }
9777
9778 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9779 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9780 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9781 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9782 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9783 it, etc. */
9784
9785 static void
9786 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9787 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9788 {
9789 int i, rslt;
9790 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9791 char *msg;
9792 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9793
9794 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9795 {
9796 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9797
9798 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9799
9800 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9801 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9802 associated with SAL. */
9803 if (sarch == NULL)
9804 sarch = gdbarch;
9805 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9806 NULL, &msg);
9807 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9808
9809 if (!rslt)
9810 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9811 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9812
9813 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9814 }
9815 }
9816
9817 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9818
9819 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9820 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9821 {
9822 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9823 }
9824
9825 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9826 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9827 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9828 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9829 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9830 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9831
9832 static void
9833 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9834 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9835 char **rest)
9836 {
9837 *cond_string = NULL;
9838 *thread = -1;
9839 *task = 0;
9840 *rest = NULL;
9841
9842 while (tok && *tok)
9843 {
9844 const char *end_tok;
9845 int toklen;
9846 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9847 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9848
9849 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9850
9851 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9852 {
9853 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9854 return;
9855 }
9856
9857 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9858
9859 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9860
9861 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9862 {
9863 struct expression *expr;
9864
9865 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9866 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9867 xfree (expr);
9868 cond_end = tok;
9869 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9870 }
9871 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9872 {
9873 char *tmptok;
9874
9875 tok = end_tok + 1;
9876 *thread = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9877 if (tok == tmptok)
9878 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9879 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9880 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9881 tok = tmptok;
9882 }
9883 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9884 {
9885 char *tmptok;
9886
9887 tok = end_tok + 1;
9888 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9889 if (tok == tmptok)
9890 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9891 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9892 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9893 tok = tmptok;
9894 }
9895 else if (rest)
9896 {
9897 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9898 return;
9899 }
9900 else
9901 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9902 }
9903 }
9904
9905 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9906
9907 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9908 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9909 {
9910 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9911 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9912 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9913 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9914 char *endp;
9915 char *marker_str;
9916 int i;
9917
9918 p = skip_spaces (p);
9919
9920 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9921
9922 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9923 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9924
9925 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9926 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9927 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9928
9929 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9930 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9931
9932 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9933 {
9934 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9935
9936 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9937
9938 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9939
9940 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9941 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9942
9943 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9944 }
9945
9946 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9947
9948 *arg_p = endp;
9949 return sals;
9950 }
9951
9952 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9953 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9954 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9955 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9956 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9957 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9958 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9959 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9960 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9961 was created; false otherwise. */
9962
9963 int
9964 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9965 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9966 int thread, char *extra_string,
9967 int parse_arg,
9968 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9969 int ignore_count,
9970 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9971 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9972 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9973 unsigned flags)
9974 {
9975 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9976 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9977 char *addr_start = arg;
9978 struct linespec_result canonical;
9979 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9980 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9981 int pending = 0;
9982 int task = 0;
9983 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9984
9985 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9986
9987 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9988
9989 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9990 {
9991 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9992 addr_start, &copy_arg);
9993 }
9994
9995 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9996 switch (e.reason)
9997 {
9998 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
9999 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
10000 return 0;
10001 break;
10002 case RETURN_ERROR:
10003 switch (e.error)
10004 {
10005 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
10006
10007 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
10008 error. */
10009
10010 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
10011 throw_exception (e);
10012
10013 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
10014
10015 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
10016 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
10017 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
10018 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
10019 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
10020 return 0;
10021
10022 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
10023 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
10024 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
10025 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
10026 {
10027 struct linespec_sals lsal;
10028
10029 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
10030 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
10031 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
10032 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
10033 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
10034 pending = 1;
10035 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
10036 }
10037 break;
10038 default:
10039 throw_exception (e);
10040 }
10041 break;
10042 default:
10043 throw_exception (e);
10044 }
10045
10046 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
10047 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
10048
10049 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
10050 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
10051 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
10052 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
10053 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
10054
10055 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
10056 are ok for the target. */
10057 if (!pending)
10058 {
10059 int ix;
10060 struct linespec_sals *iter;
10061
10062 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
10063 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
10064 }
10065
10066 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
10067 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
10068 {
10069 int ix;
10070 struct linespec_sals *iter;
10071
10072 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
10073 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
10074 }
10075
10076 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
10077 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
10078 breakpoint. */
10079 if (!pending)
10080 {
10081 if (parse_arg)
10082 {
10083 char *rest;
10084 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
10085
10086 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
10087
10088 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
10089 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
10090 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
10091 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
10092
10093 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
10094 &thread, &task, &rest);
10095 if (cond_string)
10096 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
10097 if (rest)
10098 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
10099 if (rest)
10100 extra_string = rest;
10101 }
10102 else
10103 {
10104 if (*arg != '\0')
10105 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg);
10106
10107 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10108 if (cond_string)
10109 {
10110 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
10111 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
10112 }
10113 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
10114 if (extra_string)
10115 {
10116 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
10117 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
10118 }
10119 }
10120
10121 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
10122 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
10123 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
10124 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
10125 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
10126 }
10127 else
10128 {
10129 struct breakpoint *b;
10130
10131 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
10132
10133 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
10134 {
10135 struct tracepoint *t;
10136
10137 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
10138 b = &t->base;
10139 }
10140 else
10141 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
10142
10143 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
10144
10145 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
10146 if (parse_arg)
10147 b->cond_string = NULL;
10148 else
10149 {
10150 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10151 if (cond_string)
10152 {
10153 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
10154 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
10155 }
10156 b->cond_string = cond_string;
10157 }
10158 b->extra_string = NULL;
10159 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
10160 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
10161 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
10162 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
10163 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
10164 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
10165 b->pspace = current_program_space;
10166
10167 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
10168 }
10169
10170 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
10171 {
10172 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
10173 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
10174 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
10175 }
10176
10177 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
10178 breakpoint. */
10179 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
10180 /* But cleanup everything else. */
10181 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10182
10183 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
10184 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
10185
10186 return 1;
10187 }
10188
10189 /* Set a breakpoint.
10190 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
10191 condition, and thread.
10192 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
10193 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
10194 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
10195
10196 static void
10197 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
10198 {
10199 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
10200 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
10201 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
10202 : bp_breakpoint);
10203 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
10204 const char *arg_cp = arg;
10205
10206 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
10207 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
10208 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
10209 else
10210 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
10211
10212 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10213 arg,
10214 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10215 tempflag, type_wanted,
10216 0 /* Ignore count */,
10217 pending_break_support,
10218 ops,
10219 from_tty,
10220 1 /* enabled */,
10221 0 /* internal */,
10222 0);
10223 }
10224
10225 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
10226
10227 void
10228 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
10229 {
10230 CORE_ADDR pc;
10231
10232 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10233 {
10234 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
10235 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10236 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
10237 sal->pc = pc;
10238
10239 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10240 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10241 if (sal->explicit_line)
10242 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
10243 }
10244
10245 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10246 {
10247 const struct blockvector *bv;
10248 const struct block *b;
10249 struct symbol *sym;
10250
10251 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b,
10252 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal->symtab));
10253 if (bv != NULL)
10254 {
10255 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
10256 if (sym != NULL)
10257 {
10258 fixup_symbol_section (sym, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab));
10259 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab),
10260 sym);
10261 }
10262 else
10263 {
10264 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10265 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10266 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10267 happen in assembly source). */
10268
10269 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
10270 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
10271
10272 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
10273
10274 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
10275 if (msym.minsym)
10276 sal->section = MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
10277
10278 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10279 }
10280 }
10281 }
10282 }
10283
10284 void
10285 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10286 {
10287 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10288 }
10289
10290 void
10291 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10292 {
10293 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
10294 }
10295
10296 static void
10297 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10298 {
10299 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
10300 }
10301
10302 static void
10303 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10304 {
10305 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
10306 }
10307
10308 static void
10309 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10310 {
10311 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10312 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10313 stop at <line>\n"));
10314 }
10315
10316 static void
10317 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10318 {
10319 int badInput = 0;
10320
10321 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
10322 badInput = 1;
10323 else if (*arg != '*')
10324 {
10325 char *argptr = arg;
10326 int hasColon = 0;
10327
10328 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10329 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10330 function/method name. */
10331 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10332 {
10333 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10334 argptr++;
10335 }
10336
10337 if (hasColon)
10338 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10339 else
10340 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
10341 }
10342
10343 if (badInput)
10344 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10345 else
10346 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10347 }
10348
10349 static void
10350 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10351 {
10352 int badInput = 0;
10353
10354 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
10355 badInput = 1;
10356 else
10357 {
10358 char *argptr = arg;
10359 int hasColon = 0;
10360
10361 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10362 it is probably a line number. */
10363 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10364 {
10365 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10366 argptr++;
10367 }
10368
10369 if (hasColon)
10370 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
10371 else
10372 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
10373 }
10374
10375 if (badInput)
10376 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10377 else
10378 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10379 }
10380
10381 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10382 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10383 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10384 line. */
10385
10386 static void
10387 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10388 {
10389 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10390 arg,
10391 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10392 0, bp_dprintf,
10393 0 /* Ignore count */,
10394 pending_break_support,
10395 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
10396 from_tty,
10397 1 /* enabled */,
10398 0 /* internal */,
10399 0);
10400 }
10401
10402 static void
10403 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10404 {
10405 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10406 }
10407
10408 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10409 ranged breakpoints. */
10410
10411 static int
10412 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10413 struct address_space *aspace,
10414 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10415 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10416 {
10417 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10418 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10419 return 0;
10420
10421 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10422 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
10423 }
10424
10425 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10426 ranged breakpoints. */
10427
10428 static int
10429 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10430 {
10431 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10432 }
10433
10434 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10435 ranged breakpoints. */
10436
10437 static enum print_stop_action
10438 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
10439 {
10440 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10441 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10442 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10443
10444 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10445
10446 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10447 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10448
10449 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
10450 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
10451 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10452 else
10453 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10454 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10455 {
10456 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10457 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10458 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10459 }
10460 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10461 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10462
10463 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10464 }
10465
10466 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10467 ranged breakpoints. */
10468
10469 static void
10470 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10471 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10472 {
10473 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10474 struct value_print_options opts;
10475 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10476
10477 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10478 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10479
10480 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10481
10482 if (opts.addressprint)
10483 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10484 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10485 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10486 annotate_field (5);
10487 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10488 *last_loc = bl;
10489 }
10490
10491 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10492 ranged breakpoints. */
10493
10494 static void
10495 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10496 struct ui_out *uiout)
10497 {
10498 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10499 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10500 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10501 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10502
10503 gdb_assert (bl);
10504
10505 address_start = bl->address;
10506 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10507
10508 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10509 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10510 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10511 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10512 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10513 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10514
10515 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10516 }
10517
10518 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10519 ranged breakpoints. */
10520
10521 static void
10522 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10523 {
10524 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10525 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10526
10527 gdb_assert (bl);
10528 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10529
10530 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10531 return;
10532
10533 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10534 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10535 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10536 }
10537
10538 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10539 ranged breakpoints. */
10540
10541 static void
10542 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10543 {
10544 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10545 b->addr_string_range_end);
10546 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10547 }
10548
10549 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10550
10551 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10552
10553 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10554 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10555 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10556 last instruction of the given line. */
10557
10558 static CORE_ADDR
10559 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10560 {
10561 CORE_ADDR end;
10562
10563 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10564 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10565 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10566 end = sal.pc;
10567 else
10568 {
10569 int ret;
10570 CORE_ADDR start;
10571
10572 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10573 if (!ret)
10574 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10575
10576 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10577 end--;
10578 }
10579
10580 return end;
10581 }
10582
10583 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10584
10585 static void
10586 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10587 {
10588 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10589 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10590 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10591 CORE_ADDR end;
10592 struct breakpoint *b;
10593 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10594 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10595 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10596
10597 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10598 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10599 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10600
10601 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10602 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10603 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10604 bp_count, 0);
10605 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10606 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10607
10608 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10609 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10610 error(_("No address range specified."));
10611
10612 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10613
10614 arg_start = arg;
10615 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10616
10617 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10618
10619 if (arg[0] != ',')
10620 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10621 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10622 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10623
10624 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10625
10626 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10627 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10628 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10629
10630 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10631 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10632 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10633
10634 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10635 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10636
10637 /* Parse the end location. */
10638
10639 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10640 arg_start = arg;
10641
10642 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10643 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10644 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10645 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10646 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10647 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10648 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10649 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10650
10651 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10652
10653 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10654 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10655
10656 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10657 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10658 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10659 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10660
10661 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10662 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10663 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10664
10665 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10666 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10667 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10668
10669 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10670 if (length < 0)
10671 /* Length overflowed. */
10672 error (_("Address range too large."));
10673 else if (length == 1)
10674 {
10675 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10676 the `hbreak' command. */
10677 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10678
10679 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10680
10681 return;
10682 }
10683
10684 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10685 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10686 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10687 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10688 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10689 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10690 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10691 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10692 b->loc->length = length;
10693
10694 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10695
10696 mention (b);
10697 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10698 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
10699 }
10700
10701 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10702 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10703 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10704 zero. */
10705
10706 static int
10707 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10708 {
10709 int i = exp->nelts;
10710
10711 while (i > 0)
10712 {
10713 int oplenp, argsp;
10714
10715 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10716 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10717 i -= oplenp;
10718
10719 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10720 {
10721 case BINOP_ADD:
10722 case BINOP_SUB:
10723 case BINOP_MUL:
10724 case BINOP_DIV:
10725 case BINOP_REM:
10726 case BINOP_MOD:
10727 case BINOP_LSH:
10728 case BINOP_RSH:
10729 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10730 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10731 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10732 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10733 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10734 case BINOP_EQUAL:
10735 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10736 case BINOP_LESS:
10737 case BINOP_GTR:
10738 case BINOP_LEQ:
10739 case BINOP_GEQ:
10740 case BINOP_REPEAT:
10741 case BINOP_COMMA:
10742 case BINOP_EXP:
10743 case BINOP_MIN:
10744 case BINOP_MAX:
10745 case BINOP_INTDIV:
10746 case BINOP_CONCAT:
10747 case TERNOP_COND:
10748 case TERNOP_SLICE:
10749
10750 case OP_LONG:
10751 case OP_DOUBLE:
10752 case OP_DECFLOAT:
10753 case OP_LAST:
10754 case OP_COMPLEX:
10755 case OP_STRING:
10756 case OP_ARRAY:
10757 case OP_TYPE:
10758 case OP_TYPEOF:
10759 case OP_DECLTYPE:
10760 case OP_TYPEID:
10761 case OP_NAME:
10762 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10763
10764 case UNOP_NEG:
10765 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10766 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10767 case UNOP_ADDR:
10768 case UNOP_HIGH:
10769 case UNOP_CAST:
10770
10771 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10772 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10773 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10774 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10775 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10776 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10777 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10778
10779 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10780 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10781 ADDR is. */
10782 break;
10783
10784 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
10785 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10786
10787 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10788 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10789 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10790 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10791
10792 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10793 are always constant. */
10794 {
10795 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10796
10797 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10798 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10799 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10800 return 0;
10801 break;
10802 }
10803
10804 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10805 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10806 then it is not a constant. */
10807 default:
10808 return 0;
10809 }
10810 }
10811
10812 return 1;
10813 }
10814
10815 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10816
10817 static void
10818 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10819 {
10820 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10821
10822 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10823 xfree (w->exp);
10824 xfree (w->exp_string);
10825 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10826 value_free (w->val);
10827
10828 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10829 }
10830
10831 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10832
10833 static void
10834 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10835 {
10836 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10837
10838 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10839 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10840
10841 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10842 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10843 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10844 are loaded and unloaded.
10845
10846 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10847 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10848 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10849 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10850 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10851 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10852
10853 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10854 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10855 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10856 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10857
10858 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10859 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10860
10861 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10862 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10863 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10864 }
10865
10866 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10867
10868 static int
10869 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10870 {
10871 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10872 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10873
10874 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10875 w->cond_exp);
10876 }
10877
10878 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10879
10880 static int
10881 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10882 {
10883 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10884 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10885
10886 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10887 w->cond_exp);
10888 }
10889
10890 static int
10891 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10892 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10893 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10894 {
10895 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10896 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10897
10898 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10899 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10900 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10901 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10902 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10903 (did not match the data address). */
10904 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10905 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10906 return 0;
10907
10908 return 1;
10909 }
10910
10911 static void
10912 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10913 {
10914 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10915
10916 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10917 }
10918
10919 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10920 hardware watchpoints. */
10921
10922 static int
10923 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10924 {
10925 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10926 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10927
10928 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10929 }
10930
10931 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10932 hardware watchpoints. */
10933
10934 static int
10935 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10936 {
10937 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10938 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10939 }
10940
10941 static enum print_stop_action
10942 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10943 {
10944 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10945 struct breakpoint *b;
10946 struct ui_file *stb;
10947 enum print_stop_action result;
10948 struct watchpoint *w;
10949 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10950
10951 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10952
10953 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10954 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10955
10956 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10957 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10958
10959 switch (b->type)
10960 {
10961 case bp_watchpoint:
10962 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10963 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10964 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10965 ui_out_field_string
10966 (uiout, "reason",
10967 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10968 mention (b);
10969 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10970 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10971 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10972 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10973 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10974 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10975 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10976 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10977 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10978 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10979 break;
10980
10981 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10982 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10983 ui_out_field_string
10984 (uiout, "reason",
10985 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10986 mention (b);
10987 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10988 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10989 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10990 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10991 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10992 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10993 break;
10994
10995 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10996 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10997 {
10998 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10999 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11000 ui_out_field_string
11001 (uiout, "reason",
11002 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11003 mention (b);
11004 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
11005 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
11006 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
11007 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
11008 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
11009 }
11010 else
11011 {
11012 mention (b);
11013 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11014 ui_out_field_string
11015 (uiout, "reason",
11016 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11017 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
11018 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
11019 }
11020 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
11021 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
11022 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11023 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11024 break;
11025 default:
11026 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11027 }
11028
11029 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11030 return result;
11031 }
11032
11033 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
11034 watchpoints. */
11035
11036 static void
11037 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11038 {
11039 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
11040 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11041 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11042
11043 switch (b->type)
11044 {
11045 case bp_watchpoint:
11046 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
11047 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11048 break;
11049 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11050 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
11051 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11052 break;
11053 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11054 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
11055 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
11056 break;
11057 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11058 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11059 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
11060 break;
11061 default:
11062 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11063 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11064 }
11065
11066 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
11067 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
11068 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
11069 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
11070 }
11071
11072 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11073 watchpoints. */
11074
11075 static void
11076 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11077 {
11078 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11079
11080 switch (b->type)
11081 {
11082 case bp_watchpoint:
11083 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11084 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11085 break;
11086 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11087 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
11088 break;
11089 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11090 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
11091 break;
11092 default:
11093 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11094 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
11095 }
11096
11097 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
11098 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11099 }
11100
11101 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
11102 watchpoints. */
11103
11104 static int
11105 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
11106 {
11107 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
11108 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
11109 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
11110 return 0;
11111
11112 return 1;
11113 }
11114
11115 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
11116
11117 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11118
11119 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
11120 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11121
11122 static int
11123 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
11124 {
11125 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
11126
11127 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
11128 bl->watchpoint_type);
11129 }
11130
11131 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
11132 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11133
11134 static int
11135 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
11136 {
11137 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
11138
11139 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
11140 bl->watchpoint_type);
11141 }
11142
11143 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
11144 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11145
11146 static int
11147 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
11148 {
11149 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
11150
11151 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
11152 }
11153
11154 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
11155 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11156
11157 static int
11158 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11159 {
11160 return 0;
11161 }
11162
11163 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
11164 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11165
11166 static enum print_stop_action
11167 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
11168 {
11169 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11170 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11171
11172 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11173 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
11174
11175 switch (b->type)
11176 {
11177 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11178 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
11179 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11180 ui_out_field_string
11181 (uiout, "reason",
11182 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11183 break;
11184
11185 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11186 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11187 ui_out_field_string
11188 (uiout, "reason",
11189 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11190 break;
11191
11192 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11193 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11194 ui_out_field_string
11195 (uiout, "reason",
11196 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11197 break;
11198 default:
11199 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11200 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11201 }
11202
11203 mention (b);
11204 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
11205 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
11206 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
11207 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11208
11209 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
11210 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11211 }
11212
11213 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
11214 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11215
11216 static void
11217 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
11218 struct ui_out *uiout)
11219 {
11220 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11221
11222 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11223 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
11224
11225 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
11226 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
11227 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11228 }
11229
11230 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11231 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11232
11233 static void
11234 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11235 {
11236 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11237 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11238 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
11239
11240 switch (b->type)
11241 {
11242 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11243 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11244 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11245 break;
11246 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11247 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11248 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
11249 break;
11250 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11251 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11252 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
11253 break;
11254 default:
11255 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11256 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11257 }
11258
11259 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
11260 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
11261 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
11262 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
11263 }
11264
11265 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11266 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11267
11268 static void
11269 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11270 {
11271 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11272 char tmp[40];
11273
11274 switch (b->type)
11275 {
11276 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11277 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11278 break;
11279 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11280 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
11281 break;
11282 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11283 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
11284 break;
11285 default:
11286 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11287 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11288 }
11289
11290 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
11291 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
11292 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11293 }
11294
11295 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11296
11297 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11298
11299 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11300
11301 static int
11302 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11303 {
11304 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11305 }
11306
11307 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11308 hw_read: watch read,
11309 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11310 static void
11311 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
11312 int just_location, int internal)
11313 {
11314 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
11315 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
11316 struct expression *exp;
11317 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
11318 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
11319 int saved_bitpos = 0, saved_bitsize = 0;
11320 struct frame_info *frame;
11321 const char *exp_start = NULL;
11322 const char *exp_end = NULL;
11323 const char *tok, *end_tok;
11324 int toklen = -1;
11325 const char *cond_start = NULL;
11326 const char *cond_end = NULL;
11327 enum bptype bp_type;
11328 int thread = -1;
11329 int pc = 0;
11330 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11331 the hardware watchpoint. */
11332 int use_mask = 0;
11333 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
11334 struct watchpoint *w;
11335 char *expression;
11336 struct cleanup *back_to;
11337
11338 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11339 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
11340 {
11341 const char *value_start;
11342
11343 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
11344
11345 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11346 of the arguments string. */
11347 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
11348 {
11349 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11350 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11351 tok--;
11352
11353 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11354 This is the value of the parameter. */
11355 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11356 tok--;
11357 value_start = tok + 1;
11358
11359 /* Skip whitespace. */
11360 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11361 tok--;
11362
11363 end_tok = tok;
11364
11365 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11366 This is the parameter itself. */
11367 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11368 tok--;
11369 tok++;
11370 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
11371
11372 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
11373 {
11374 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11375 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11376 only in a specific thread. */
11377 char *endp;
11378
11379 if (thread != -1)
11380 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11381
11382 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11383 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
11384
11385 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11386 thread ID. */
11387 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
11388 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
11389
11390 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11391 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
11392 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
11393 }
11394 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
11395 {
11396 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11397 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11398 facility. */
11399 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
11400
11401 if (use_mask)
11402 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11403
11404 use_mask = just_location = 1;
11405
11406 mark = value_mark ();
11407 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
11408 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
11409 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11410 }
11411 else
11412 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11413 break;
11414
11415 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11416 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11417 exp_end = tok;
11418 }
11419 }
11420 else
11421 exp_end = arg;
11422
11423 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11424 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11425 ARG. */
11426 innermost_block = NULL;
11427 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
11428 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
11429 exp_start = arg = expression;
11430 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
11431 exp_end = arg;
11432 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11433 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11434 prettier. */
11435 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
11436 --exp_end;
11437
11438 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11439 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
11440 {
11441 int len;
11442
11443 len = exp_end - exp_start;
11444 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
11445 len--;
11446 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
11447 }
11448
11449 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11450 mark = value_mark ();
11451 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL, just_location);
11452
11453 if (val != NULL && just_location)
11454 {
11455 saved_bitpos = value_bitpos (val);
11456 saved_bitsize = value_bitsize (val);
11457 }
11458
11459 if (just_location)
11460 {
11461 int ret;
11462
11463 exp_valid_block = NULL;
11464 val = value_addr (result);
11465 release_value (val);
11466 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11467
11468 if (use_mask)
11469 {
11470 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
11471 mask);
11472 if (ret == -1)
11473 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11474 else if (ret == -2)
11475 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11476 }
11477 }
11478 else if (val != NULL)
11479 release_value (val);
11480
11481 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11482 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11483
11484 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11485 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11486 {
11487 struct expression *cond;
11488
11489 innermost_block = NULL;
11490 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11491 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11492
11493 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11494 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11495 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11496
11497 xfree (cond);
11498 cond_end = tok;
11499 }
11500 if (*tok)
11501 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11502
11503 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11504
11505 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11506 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11507 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11508 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11509 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11510 {
11511 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11512 {
11513 scope_breakpoint
11514 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11515 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11516 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11517 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11518
11519 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11520
11521 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11522 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11523
11524 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11525 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11526
11527 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11528 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11529 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11530 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11531 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11532 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11533 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11534 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11535 scope_breakpoint->type);
11536 }
11537 }
11538
11539 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11540 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11541 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11542 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11543
11544 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11545 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11546 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11547 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11548 else
11549 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11550
11551 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11552 b = &w->base;
11553 if (use_mask)
11554 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11555 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11556 else
11557 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11558 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11559 b->thread = thread;
11560 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11561 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11562 w->exp = exp;
11563 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11564 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11565 if (just_location)
11566 {
11567 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11568 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11569 char *name;
11570
11571 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11572 name = type_to_string (t);
11573
11574 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11575 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11576 xfree (name);
11577
11578 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11579 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11580
11581 /* The above expression is in C. */
11582 b->language = language_c;
11583 }
11584 else
11585 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11586
11587 if (use_mask)
11588 {
11589 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11590 }
11591 else
11592 {
11593 w->val = val;
11594 w->val_bitpos = saved_bitpos;
11595 w->val_bitsize = saved_bitsize;
11596 w->val_valid = 1;
11597 }
11598
11599 if (cond_start)
11600 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11601 else
11602 b->cond_string = 0;
11603
11604 if (frame)
11605 {
11606 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11607 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11608 }
11609 else
11610 {
11611 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11612 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11613 }
11614
11615 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11616 {
11617 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11618 need to act on them together. */
11619 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11620 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11621 }
11622
11623 if (!just_location)
11624 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11625
11626 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11627 {
11628 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11629 that should be inserted. */
11630 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11631 }
11632 if (e.reason < 0)
11633 {
11634 delete_breakpoint (b);
11635 throw_exception (e);
11636 }
11637
11638 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11639 do_cleanups (back_to);
11640 }
11641
11642 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11643 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11644
11645 static int
11646 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11647 {
11648 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11649 struct value *head = v;
11650
11651 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11652 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11653 return 0;
11654
11655 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11656 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11657 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11658 hardware watchpoint.
11659
11660 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11661 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11662 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11663 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11664 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11665 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11666 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11667 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11668 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11669
11670 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11671 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11672 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11673 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11674 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11675 {
11676 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11677 {
11678 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11679 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11680 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11681 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11682 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11683 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11684 ;
11685 else
11686 {
11687 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11688 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11689 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11690
11691 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11692 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11693 middle of some value chain. */
11694 if (v == head
11695 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11696 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11697 {
11698 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11699 int len;
11700 int num_regs;
11701
11702 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11703 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11704 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11705
11706 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11707 if (!num_regs)
11708 return 0;
11709 else
11710 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11711 }
11712 }
11713 }
11714 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11715 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11716 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11717 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11718 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11719 }
11720
11721 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11722 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11723 return found_memory_cnt;
11724 }
11725
11726 void
11727 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11728 {
11729 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11730 }
11731
11732 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11733 calls watch_command_1. */
11734
11735 static void
11736 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11737 {
11738 int just_location = 0;
11739
11740 if (arg
11741 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11742 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11743 {
11744 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11745 just_location = 1;
11746 }
11747
11748 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11749 }
11750
11751 static void
11752 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11753 {
11754 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11755 }
11756
11757 void
11758 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11759 {
11760 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11761 }
11762
11763 static void
11764 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11765 {
11766 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11767 }
11768
11769 void
11770 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11771 {
11772 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11773 }
11774
11775 static void
11776 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11777 {
11778 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11779 }
11780 \f
11781
11782 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11783 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11784
11785 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11786 {
11787 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11788 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11789 int thread_num;
11790 };
11791
11792 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11793 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11794 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11795 command. */
11796 static void
11797 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11798 {
11799 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11800
11801 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11802 if (a->breakpoint2)
11803 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11804 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11805 }
11806
11807 void
11808 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11809 {
11810 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11811 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11812 struct frame_info *frame;
11813 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11814 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11815 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11816 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11817 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11818 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11819 int thread;
11820 struct thread_info *tp;
11821
11822 clear_proceed_status (0);
11823
11824 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11825 this function. */
11826
11827 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11828 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11829 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11830 get_last_displayed_line ());
11831 else
11832 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11833 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11834
11835 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11836 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11837
11838 sal = sals.sals[0];
11839 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11840
11841 if (*arg)
11842 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11843
11844 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11845
11846 tp = inferior_thread ();
11847 thread = tp->num;
11848
11849 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11850
11851 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11852 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11853 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11854 that. */
11855
11856 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11857 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11858 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11859 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11860
11861 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11862 one. */
11863
11864 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11865 {
11866 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11867
11868 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11869 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11870 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11871 sal2,
11872 caller_frame_id,
11873 bp_until);
11874 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11875
11876 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11877 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11878 }
11879
11880 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11881 frame = NULL;
11882
11883 if (anywhere)
11884 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11885 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11886 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11887 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11888 else
11889 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11890 only at the very same frame. */
11891 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11892 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11893 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11894
11895 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11896
11897 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11898 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11899 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11900 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11901
11902 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11903 {
11904 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11905 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11906
11907 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11908 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11909 args->thread_num = thread;
11910
11911 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11912 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11913 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11914 xfree);
11915 }
11916 else
11917 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11918 }
11919
11920 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11921 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11922
11923 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11924 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11925 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11926 if clause in the arg string. */
11927
11928 char *
11929 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11930 {
11931 char *cond_string;
11932
11933 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11934 return NULL;
11935
11936 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11937 (*arg) += 2;
11938
11939 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11940 condition string. */
11941 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11942 cond_string = *arg;
11943
11944 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11945 string. */
11946 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11947
11948 return cond_string;
11949 }
11950
11951 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11952 process start/exit, etc. */
11953
11954 typedef enum
11955 {
11956 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11957 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11958 }
11959 catch_fork_kind;
11960
11961 static void
11962 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11963 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11964 {
11965 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11966 char *cond_string = NULL;
11967 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11968 int tempflag;
11969
11970 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11971 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11972 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11973
11974 if (!arg)
11975 arg = "";
11976 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11977
11978 /* The allowed syntax is:
11979 catch [v]fork
11980 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11981
11982 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11983 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11984
11985 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11986 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11987
11988 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11989 and enable reporting of such events. */
11990 switch (fork_kind)
11991 {
11992 case catch_fork_temporary:
11993 case catch_fork_permanent:
11994 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11995 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11996 break;
11997 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11998 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11999 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
12000 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
12001 break;
12002 default:
12003 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
12004 break;
12005 }
12006 }
12007
12008 static void
12009 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
12010 struct cmd_list_element *command)
12011 {
12012 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
12013 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
12014 int tempflag;
12015 char *cond_string = NULL;
12016
12017 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
12018
12019 if (!arg)
12020 arg = "";
12021 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
12022
12023 /* The allowed syntax is:
12024 catch exec
12025 catch exec if <cond>
12026
12027 First, check if there's an if clause. */
12028 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
12029
12030 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
12031 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12032
12033 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
12034 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
12035 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
12036 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
12037
12038 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
12039 }
12040
12041 void
12042 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
12043 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12044 struct symtab_and_line sal,
12045 char *addr_string,
12046 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12047 int tempflag,
12048 int enabled,
12049 int from_tty)
12050 {
12051 if (from_tty)
12052 {
12053 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
12054 if (!loc_gdbarch)
12055 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
12056
12057 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
12058 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
12059 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
12060 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
12061 used for different exception names will use the same address.
12062 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
12063 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
12064 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
12065 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
12066 enough for now, though. */
12067 }
12068
12069 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
12070
12071 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
12072 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
12073 b->addr_string = addr_string;
12074 b->language = language_ada;
12075 }
12076
12077 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
12078 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
12079 static VEC(int) *
12080 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
12081 {
12082 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
12083 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
12084 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = target_gdbarch ();
12085
12086 while (*arg != '\0')
12087 {
12088 int i, syscall_number;
12089 char *endptr;
12090 char cur_name[128];
12091 struct syscall s;
12092
12093 /* Skip whitespace. */
12094 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
12095
12096 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
12097 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
12098 cur_name[i] = '\0';
12099 arg += i;
12100
12101 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
12102 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
12103 if (*endptr == '\0')
12104 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch, syscall_number, &s);
12105 else
12106 {
12107 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
12108 to a number. */
12109 get_syscall_by_name (gdbarch, cur_name, &s);
12110
12111 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
12112 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
12113 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
12114 syscall number to be caught. */
12115 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
12116 }
12117
12118 /* Ok, it's valid. */
12119 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
12120 }
12121
12122 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
12123 return result;
12124 }
12125
12126 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
12127
12128 static void
12129 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
12130 struct cmd_list_element *command)
12131 {
12132 int tempflag;
12133 VEC(int) *filter;
12134 struct syscall s;
12135 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
12136
12137 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
12138 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
12139 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
12140 this architecture yet."));
12141
12142 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
12143
12144 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
12145
12146 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
12147 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
12148 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
12149 for his/her architecture. */
12150 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch, 0, &s);
12151
12152 /* The allowed syntax is:
12153 catch syscall
12154 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
12155
12156 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
12157
12158 if (arg != NULL)
12159 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
12160 else
12161 filter = NULL;
12162
12163 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
12164 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
12165 }
12166
12167 static void
12168 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12169 {
12170 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12171 }
12172 \f
12173
12174 static void
12175 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12176 {
12177 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12178 }
12179
12180 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
12181
12182 static int
12183 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
12184 {
12185 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
12186 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
12187 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
12188 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
12189
12190 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
12191 return -1;
12192 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
12193 return 1;
12194
12195 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
12196 the number 0. */
12197 if (ua < ub)
12198 return -1;
12199 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
12200 }
12201
12202 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
12203
12204 static void
12205 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12206 {
12207 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
12208 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
12209 int ix;
12210 int default_match;
12211 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
12212 struct symtab_and_line sal;
12213 int i;
12214 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
12215
12216 if (arg)
12217 {
12218 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
12219 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
12220 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
12221 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12222 default_match = 0;
12223 }
12224 else
12225 {
12226 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
12227 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
12228 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12229 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
12230
12231 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
12232 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12233 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12234 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
12235 if (sal.symtab == 0)
12236 error (_("No source file specified."));
12237
12238 sals.sals[0] = sal;
12239 sals.nelts = 1;
12240
12241 default_match = 1;
12242 }
12243
12244 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12245 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12246 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12247 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12248
12249 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12250 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12251 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12252 due to optimization, all in one block.
12253
12254 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12255 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12256 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12257 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12258 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12259 to support that. */
12260
12261 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12262 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12263 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12264 breakpoint. */
12265
12266 found = NULL;
12267 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
12268 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
12269 {
12270 const char *sal_fullname;
12271
12272 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12273 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12274 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12275 or at default pc.
12276
12277 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12278
12279 0 1 pc
12280 1 1 pc _and_ line
12281 0 0 line
12282 1 0 <can't happen> */
12283
12284 sal = sals.sals[i];
12285 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
12286 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
12287
12288 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12289 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12290 {
12291 int match = 0;
12292 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12293 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
12294 {
12295 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12296 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12297 {
12298 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12299 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12300 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
12301 && sal.pc
12302 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
12303 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
12304 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
12305 || loc->section == sal.section));
12306 int line_match = 0;
12307
12308 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
12309 && loc->symtab != NULL
12310 && sal_fullname != NULL
12311 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
12312 && loc->line_number == sal.line
12313 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
12314 sal_fullname) == 0)
12315 line_match = 1;
12316
12317 if (pc_match || line_match)
12318 {
12319 match = 1;
12320 break;
12321 }
12322 }
12323 }
12324
12325 if (match)
12326 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
12327 }
12328 }
12329
12330 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12331 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
12332 {
12333 if (arg)
12334 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
12335 else
12336 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12337 }
12338
12339 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12340 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
12341 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
12342 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
12343 compare_breakpoints);
12344 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12345 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12346 {
12347 if (b == prev)
12348 {
12349 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12350 --ix;
12351 }
12352 }
12353
12354 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12355 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12356 if (from_tty)
12357 {
12358 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12359 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12360 else
12361 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12362 }
12363
12364 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12365 {
12366 if (from_tty)
12367 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12368 delete_breakpoint (b);
12369 }
12370 if (from_tty)
12371 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12372
12373 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12374 }
12375 \f
12376 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12377 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12378 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12379
12380 void
12381 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12382 {
12383 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12384
12385 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12386 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12387 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12388 && bs->stop)
12389 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12390
12391 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12392 {
12393 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12394 delete_breakpoint (b);
12395 }
12396 }
12397
12398 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12399 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12400 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12401 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
12402 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12403 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12404
12405 static int
12406 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12407 {
12408 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12409 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12410
12411 if (a->address != b->address)
12412 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12413
12414 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12415 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12416 grouped. */
12417
12418 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12419 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12420 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12421
12422 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12423 if (a->permanent != b->permanent)
12424 return (a->permanent < b->permanent) - (a->permanent > b->permanent);
12425
12426 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12427 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12428 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12429
12430 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12431 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12432 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12433
12434 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12435 }
12436
12437 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12438 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12439 content of the bp_location array. */
12440
12441 static void
12442 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12443 {
12444 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12445
12446 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12447 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12448
12449 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12450 {
12451 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12452
12453 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12454 continue;
12455
12456 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12457 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12458
12459 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12460 addr = bl->address - start;
12461 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12462 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12463
12464 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12465
12466 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12467 addr = end - bl->address;
12468 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12469 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12470 }
12471 }
12472
12473 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12474
12475 static void
12476 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12477 {
12478 struct breakpoint *b;
12479 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12480
12481 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12482 return;
12483
12484 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12485
12486 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12487 {
12488 struct bp_location *bl;
12489 struct tracepoint *t;
12490 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12491
12492 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12493 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12494 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12495 continue;
12496
12497 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12498 {
12499 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12500 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12501 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12502 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12503 continue;
12504
12505 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12506
12507 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12508
12509 bl->inserted = 1;
12510 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12511 }
12512 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12513 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12514 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12515 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12516 }
12517
12518 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12519 }
12520
12521 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12522
12523 static void
12524 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12525 {
12526 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12527 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12528 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12529 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12530
12531 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12532 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12533 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12534 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12535 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12536
12537 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12538 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12539 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12540 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12541 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12542 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12543 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12544 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12545 }
12546
12547 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12548 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12549 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12550 the target. */
12551
12552 static void
12553 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12554 {
12555 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12556 struct bp_location *loc;
12557 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12558 int pspace_num;
12559
12560 address = bl->address;
12561 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12562
12563 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12564 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12565 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12566 side. */
12567 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12568 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12569 return;
12570
12571 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12572 the same program space as the location
12573 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12574 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12575 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12576 {
12577 loc = *loc2p;
12578
12579 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12580 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12581 continue;
12582
12583 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12584 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12585 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12586 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12587 that have already been marked. */
12588 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12589
12590 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12591 it later on. */
12592 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12593 {
12594 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12595 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12596 }
12597 }
12598 }
12599 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12600 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12601 locations are duplicate of which.
12602
12603 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12604 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12605 info. */
12606
12607 static void
12608 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12609 {
12610 struct breakpoint *b;
12611 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12612 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12613 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12614 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12615 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12616 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12617
12618 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12619 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12620 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12621 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12622 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12623 once. */
12624 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12625 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12626 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12627 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12628
12629 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12630 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12631 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12632 unsigned old_location_count;
12633
12634 old_location = bp_location;
12635 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12636 bp_location = NULL;
12637 bp_location_count = 0;
12638 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12639
12640 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12641 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12642 bp_location_count++;
12643
12644 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12645 locp = bp_location;
12646 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12647 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12648 *locp++ = loc;
12649 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12650 bp_location_compare);
12651
12652 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12653
12654 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12655 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12656 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12657 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12658 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12659 location.
12660
12661 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12662 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12663
12664 locp = bp_location;
12665 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12666 old_locp++)
12667 {
12668 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12669 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12670
12671 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12672 not, we have to free it. */
12673 int found_object = 0;
12674 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12675 int keep_in_target = 0;
12676 int removed = 0;
12677
12678 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12679 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12680 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12681 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12682 locp++;
12683
12684 for (loc2p = locp;
12685 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12686 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12687 loc2p++)
12688 {
12689 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12690 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12691 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12692 place there. */
12693 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12694 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12695 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12696 {
12697 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12698 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12699 }
12700
12701 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12702 found_object = 1;
12703 }
12704
12705 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12706 have to go through updates again. */
12707 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12708
12709 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12710 if (!found_object)
12711 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12712
12713 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12714 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12715 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12716 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12717 at certain location is not inserted. */
12718
12719 if (old_loc->inserted)
12720 {
12721 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12722 it. */
12723
12724 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12725 {
12726 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12727 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12728 keep_in_target = 1;
12729 }
12730 else
12731 {
12732 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12733 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12734 remove its target-side condition. */
12735
12736 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12737 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12738 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12739 this one from the target. */
12740
12741 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12742 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12743 {
12744 for (loc2p = locp;
12745 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12746 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12747 loc2p++)
12748 {
12749 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12750
12751 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12752 {
12753 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12754 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12755 supported, but the latter are. */
12756 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12757 {
12758 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12759 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12760 }
12761
12762 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12763 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12764 unduplicated. */
12765 if (loc2 != old_loc
12766 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12767 {
12768 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12769 keep_in_target = 1;
12770 break;
12771 }
12772 }
12773 }
12774 }
12775 }
12776
12777 if (!keep_in_target)
12778 {
12779 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12780 {
12781 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12782 this location on the global list, and try to
12783 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12784 reason why we will succeed next time.
12785
12786 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12787 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12788 only after calling us. */
12789 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12790 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12791 old_loc->owner->number);
12792 }
12793 removed = 1;
12794 }
12795 }
12796
12797 if (!found_object)
12798 {
12799 if (removed && non_stop
12800 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12801 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12802 {
12803 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12804 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12805 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12806 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12807 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12808 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12809 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12810 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12811 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12812 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12813 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12814 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12815 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12816 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12817 SIGTRAP.
12818
12819 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12820 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12821
12822 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12823 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12824 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12825 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12826 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12827 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12828 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12829 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12830 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12831 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12832 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12833 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12834 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12835 thread_count.
12836
12837 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12838 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12839 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12840 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12841
12842 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12843 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12844 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12845 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12846 traps we can no longer explain. */
12847
12848 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12849 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12850
12851 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12852 }
12853 else
12854 {
12855 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12856 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12857 }
12858 }
12859 }
12860
12861 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12862 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12863 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12864 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12865 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12866 are sorted first for the same address.
12867
12868 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12869 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12870
12871 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12872 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12873 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12874 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12875 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12876 {
12877 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12878 non-NULL. */
12879 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12880 b = loc->owner;
12881
12882 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12883 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12884 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12885 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12886 `struct bp_location'. */
12887 || is_tracepoint (b))
12888 {
12889 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12890 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12891 continue;
12892 }
12893
12894 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12895 if (loc->permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12896 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12897 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12898 "actually inserted"));
12899
12900 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12901 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12902 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12903 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12904 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12905 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12906 else
12907 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12908
12909 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12910 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12911 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12912 {
12913 *loc_first_p = loc;
12914 loc->duplicate = 0;
12915
12916 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12917 {
12918 loc->needs_update = 1;
12919 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12920 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12921 }
12922 continue;
12923 }
12924
12925
12926 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12927 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12928 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12929 if (loc->inserted)
12930 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12931 loc->duplicate = 1;
12932
12933 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12934 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12935
12936 if (loc->inserted && !loc->permanent
12937 && (*loc_first_p)->permanent)
12938 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12939 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12940 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12941 }
12942
12943 if (insert_mode == UGLL_INSERT || breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12944 {
12945 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12946 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12947 else
12948 {
12949 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12950 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12951 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12952 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12953 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12954 "needs_update". */
12955 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12956 }
12957 }
12958
12959 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12960 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12961
12962 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12963 }
12964
12965 void
12966 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12967 {
12968 struct bp_location *loc;
12969 int ix;
12970
12971 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12972 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12973 {
12974 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12975 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12976 --ix;
12977 }
12978 }
12979
12980 static void
12981 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12982 {
12983 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12984
12985 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12986 update_global_location_list (insert_mode);
12987 }
12988
12989 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12990
12991 static void
12992 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12993 {
12994 bpstat bs;
12995
12996 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12997 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12998 {
12999 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
13000 bs->old_val = NULL;
13001 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
13002 }
13003 }
13004
13005 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
13006 static int
13007 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
13008 {
13009 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
13010
13011 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
13012 return 0;
13013 }
13014
13015 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
13016 callbacks. */
13017
13018 static void
13019 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
13020 {
13021 struct value_print_options opts;
13022
13023 get_user_print_options (&opts);
13024
13025 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
13026 single string. */
13027 if (b->loc == NULL)
13028 {
13029 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
13030 }
13031 else
13032 {
13033 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
13034 {
13035 printf_filtered (" at ");
13036 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
13037 gdb_stdout);
13038 }
13039 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
13040 {
13041 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
13042 more nicely. */
13043 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
13044 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
13045 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
13046 b->loc->line_number);
13047 else
13048 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
13049 different file name, and this at least reflects the
13050 real situation somewhat. */
13051 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
13052 }
13053
13054 if (b->loc->next)
13055 {
13056 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
13057 int n = 0;
13058 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13059 ++n;
13060 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
13061 }
13062 }
13063 }
13064
13065 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
13066
13067 static void
13068 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
13069 {
13070 xfree (self->cond);
13071 if (self->cond_bytecode)
13072 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
13073 xfree (self->function_name);
13074
13075 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.conditions);
13076 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.tcommands);
13077 }
13078
13079 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
13080 {
13081 bp_location_dtor
13082 };
13083
13084 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
13085 inherit from. */
13086
13087 static void
13088 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13089 {
13090 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
13091 xfree (self->cond_string);
13092 xfree (self->extra_string);
13093 xfree (self->addr_string);
13094 xfree (self->filter);
13095 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
13096 }
13097
13098 static struct bp_location *
13099 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
13100 {
13101 struct bp_location *loc;
13102
13103 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
13104 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
13105 return loc;
13106 }
13107
13108 static void
13109 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13110 {
13111 /* Nothing to re-set. */
13112 }
13113
13114 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
13115 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
13116
13117 static int
13118 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13119 {
13120 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13121 }
13122
13123 static int
13124 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13125 {
13126 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13127 }
13128
13129 static int
13130 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13131 struct address_space *aspace,
13132 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13133 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13134 {
13135 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13136 }
13137
13138 static void
13139 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
13140 {
13141 /* Always stop. */
13142 }
13143
13144 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13145 errors. */
13146
13147 static int
13148 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
13149 {
13150 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13151 }
13152
13153 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13154 errors. */
13155
13156 static int
13157 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13158 {
13159 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13160 }
13161
13162 static enum print_stop_action
13163 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
13164 {
13165 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13166 }
13167
13168 static void
13169 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13170 struct ui_out *uiout)
13171 {
13172 /* nothing */
13173 }
13174
13175 static void
13176 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13177 {
13178 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13179 }
13180
13181 static void
13182 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
13183 {
13184 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13185 }
13186
13187 static void
13188 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13189 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13190 enum bptype type_wanted,
13191 char *addr_start,
13192 char **copy_arg)
13193 {
13194 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13195 }
13196
13197 static void
13198 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13199 struct linespec_result *c,
13200 char *cond_string,
13201 char *extra_string,
13202 enum bptype type_wanted,
13203 enum bpdisp disposition,
13204 int thread,
13205 int task, int ignore_count,
13206 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
13207 int from_tty, int enabled,
13208 int internal, unsigned flags)
13209 {
13210 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13211 }
13212
13213 static void
13214 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13215 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13216 {
13217 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13218 }
13219
13220 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13221
13222 static int
13223 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
13224 {
13225 return 1;
13226 }
13227
13228 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13229
13230 static void
13231 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13232 {
13233 /* Nothing to do. */
13234 }
13235
13236 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
13237 {
13238 base_breakpoint_dtor,
13239 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
13240 base_breakpoint_re_set,
13241 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
13242 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
13243 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
13244 base_breakpoint_check_status,
13245 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
13246 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
13247 base_breakpoint_print_it,
13248 NULL,
13249 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
13250 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
13251 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
13252 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
13253 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
13254 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
13255 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
13256 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
13257 };
13258
13259 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13260
13261 static void
13262 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13263 {
13264 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13265 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
13266 {
13267 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
13268 delete_breakpoint (b);
13269 return;
13270 }
13271
13272 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13273 }
13274
13275 static int
13276 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13277 {
13278 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13279 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13280 else
13281 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13282 }
13283
13284 static int
13285 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13286 {
13287 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13288 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13289 else
13290 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13291 }
13292
13293 static int
13294 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13295 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13296 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13297 {
13298 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13299 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
13300 return 0;
13301
13302 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
13303 aspace, bp_addr))
13304 return 0;
13305
13306 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
13307 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
13308 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
13309 return 0;
13310
13311 return 1;
13312 }
13313
13314 static int
13315 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13316 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13317 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13318 {
13319 if (dprintf_style == dprintf_style_agent
13320 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13321 {
13322 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13323 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13324 be set at the same address. */
13325 return 0;
13326 }
13327
13328 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
13329 }
13330
13331 static int
13332 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13333 {
13334 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
13335
13336 return 1;
13337 }
13338
13339 static enum print_stop_action
13340 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13341 {
13342 struct breakpoint *b;
13343 const struct bp_location *bl;
13344 int bp_temp;
13345 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13346
13347 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
13348
13349 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
13350 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13351
13352 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
13353 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
13354 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
13355 bl->address,
13356 b->number, 1);
13357 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13358 if (bp_temp)
13359 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13360 else
13361 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
13362 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13363 {
13364 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13365 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13366 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13367 }
13368 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13369 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13370
13371 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13372 }
13373
13374 static void
13375 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13376 {
13377 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13378 return;
13379
13380 switch (b->type)
13381 {
13382 case bp_breakpoint:
13383 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13384 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13385 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13386 else
13387 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13388 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13389 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13390 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13391 break;
13392 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13393 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13394 break;
13395 case bp_dprintf:
13396 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13397 break;
13398 }
13399
13400 say_where (b);
13401 }
13402
13403 static void
13404 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13405 {
13406 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13407 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13408 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13409 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13410 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13411 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13412 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13413 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13414 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13415 else
13416 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13417 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13418
13419 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13420 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13421 }
13422
13423 static void
13424 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13425 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13426 enum bptype type_wanted,
13427 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13428 {
13429 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13430 addr_start, copy_arg);
13431 }
13432
13433 static void
13434 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13435 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13436 char *cond_string,
13437 char *extra_string,
13438 enum bptype type_wanted,
13439 enum bpdisp disposition,
13440 int thread,
13441 int task, int ignore_count,
13442 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13443 int from_tty, int enabled,
13444 int internal, unsigned flags)
13445 {
13446 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13447 cond_string, extra_string,
13448 type_wanted,
13449 disposition, thread, task,
13450 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13451 enabled, internal, flags);
13452 }
13453
13454 static void
13455 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13456 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13457 {
13458 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13459 }
13460
13461 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13462
13463 static void
13464 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13465 {
13466 switch (b->type)
13467 {
13468 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13469 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13470 case bp_overlay_event:
13471 case bp_longjmp_master:
13472 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13473 case bp_exception_master:
13474 delete_breakpoint (b);
13475 break;
13476
13477 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13478 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13479 case bp_shlib_event:
13480
13481 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13482 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13483 case bp_thread_event:
13484 break;
13485 }
13486 }
13487
13488 static void
13489 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13490 {
13491 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13492 {
13493 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13494 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13495 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13496 objects (among other things). */
13497 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13498 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13499 }
13500 else
13501 bs->stop = 0;
13502 }
13503
13504 static enum print_stop_action
13505 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13506 {
13507 struct breakpoint *b;
13508
13509 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13510
13511 switch (b->type)
13512 {
13513 case bp_shlib_event:
13514 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13515 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13516 to shlib event" message.) */
13517 print_solib_event (0);
13518 break;
13519
13520 case bp_thread_event:
13521 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13522 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13523 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13524 break;
13525
13526 case bp_overlay_event:
13527 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13528 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13529 break;
13530
13531 case bp_longjmp_master:
13532 /* These should never be enabled. */
13533 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13534 break;
13535
13536 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13537 /* These should never be enabled. */
13538 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13539 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13540 break;
13541
13542 case bp_exception_master:
13543 /* These should never be enabled. */
13544 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13545 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13546 break;
13547 }
13548
13549 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13550 }
13551
13552 static void
13553 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13554 {
13555 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13556 }
13557
13558 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13559
13560 static void
13561 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13562 {
13563 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13564 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13565 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13566 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13567 }
13568
13569 static void
13570 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13571 {
13572 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13573 }
13574
13575 static enum print_stop_action
13576 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13577 {
13578 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13579
13580 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13581 {
13582 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13583
13584 switch (b->type)
13585 {
13586 case bp_finish:
13587 ui_out_field_string
13588 (uiout, "reason",
13589 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13590 break;
13591
13592 case bp_until:
13593 ui_out_field_string
13594 (uiout, "reason",
13595 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13596 break;
13597 }
13598 }
13599
13600 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13601 }
13602
13603 static void
13604 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13605 {
13606 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13607 }
13608
13609 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13610
13611 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13612 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13613
13614 static void
13615 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13616 {
13617 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13618
13619 if (tp)
13620 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13621
13622 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13623 }
13624
13625 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13626
13627 static int
13628 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13629 {
13630 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13631
13632 if (v == 0)
13633 {
13634 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13635 if needed. */
13636 if (bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore != NULL)
13637 bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13638 bl->probe.objfile,
13639 bl->gdbarch);
13640 }
13641
13642 return v;
13643 }
13644
13645 static int
13646 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13647 {
13648 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13649 if (bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore != NULL)
13650 bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13651 bl->probe.objfile,
13652 bl->gdbarch);
13653
13654 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13655 }
13656
13657 static void
13658 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13659 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13660 enum bptype type_wanted,
13661 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13662 {
13663 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13664
13665 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13666
13667 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13668 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13669
13670 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13671 }
13672
13673 static void
13674 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13675 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13676 {
13677 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13678 if (!sals->sals)
13679 error (_("probe not found"));
13680 }
13681
13682 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13683
13684 static void
13685 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13686 {
13687 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13688 }
13689
13690 static int
13691 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13692 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13693 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13694 {
13695 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13696 tracepoints. */
13697 return 0;
13698 }
13699
13700 static void
13701 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13702 struct ui_out *uiout)
13703 {
13704 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13705 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13706 {
13707 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13708
13709 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13710 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13711 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13712 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13713 }
13714 }
13715
13716 static void
13717 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13718 {
13719 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13720 return;
13721
13722 switch (b->type)
13723 {
13724 case bp_tracepoint:
13725 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13726 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13727 break;
13728 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13729 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13730 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13731 break;
13732 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13733 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13734 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13735 break;
13736 default:
13737 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13738 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13739 }
13740
13741 say_where (b);
13742 }
13743
13744 static void
13745 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13746 {
13747 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13748
13749 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13750 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13751 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13752 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13753 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13754 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13755 else
13756 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13757 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13758
13759 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13760 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13761
13762 if (tp->pass_count)
13763 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13764 }
13765
13766 static void
13767 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13768 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13769 enum bptype type_wanted,
13770 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13771 {
13772 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13773 addr_start, copy_arg);
13774 }
13775
13776 static void
13777 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13778 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13779 char *cond_string,
13780 char *extra_string,
13781 enum bptype type_wanted,
13782 enum bpdisp disposition,
13783 int thread,
13784 int task, int ignore_count,
13785 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13786 int from_tty, int enabled,
13787 int internal, unsigned flags)
13788 {
13789 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13790 cond_string, extra_string,
13791 type_wanted,
13792 disposition, thread, task,
13793 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13794 enabled, internal, flags);
13795 }
13796
13797 static void
13798 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13799 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13800 {
13801 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13802 }
13803
13804 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13805
13806 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13807 static probe. */
13808
13809 static void
13810 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13811 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13812 enum bptype type_wanted,
13813 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13814 {
13815 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13816 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13817 addr_start, copy_arg);
13818 }
13819
13820 static void
13821 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13822 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13823 {
13824 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13825 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13826 }
13827
13828 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13829
13830 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13831
13832 static void
13833 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13834 {
13835 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13836
13837 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13838 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13839 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13840 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13841 resolved. */
13842 if (b->loc != NULL && b->extra_string == NULL)
13843 error (_("Format string required"));
13844
13845 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13846 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13847 3 - disconnect from target 1
13848 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13849
13850 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13851 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13852 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13853 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13854 it all the time. */
13855 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13856 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13857 }
13858
13859 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13860
13861 static void
13862 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13863 {
13864 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s%s", tp->addr_string,
13865 tp->extra_string);
13866 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13867 }
13868
13869 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13870 dprintf.
13871
13872 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13873 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13874 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13875 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13876 address are all handled. */
13877
13878 static void
13879 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13880 {
13881 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13882 struct bpstats tmp_bs = { NULL };
13883 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13884
13885 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13886 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13887 condition not be evaluated. */
13888 bs->stop = 0;
13889
13890 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13891 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13892 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13893 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13894 commands here throws. */
13895 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13896 bs->commands = NULL;
13897 old_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs.commands);
13898
13899 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13900
13901 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13902 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13903 list. */
13904 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13905 }
13906
13907 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13908 markers (`-m'). */
13909
13910 static void
13911 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13912 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13913 enum bptype type_wanted,
13914 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13915 {
13916 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13917
13918 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13919
13920 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13921
13922 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13923 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13924 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13925 }
13926
13927 static void
13928 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13929 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13930 char *cond_string,
13931 char *extra_string,
13932 enum bptype type_wanted,
13933 enum bpdisp disposition,
13934 int thread,
13935 int task, int ignore_count,
13936 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13937 int from_tty, int enabled,
13938 int internal, unsigned flags)
13939 {
13940 int i;
13941 struct linespec_sals *lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals,
13942 canonical->sals, 0);
13943
13944 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13945 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13946 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13947 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13948 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13949 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13950
13951 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13952 {
13953 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13954 struct tracepoint *tp;
13955 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13956 char *addr_string;
13957
13958 expanded.nelts = 1;
13959 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13960
13961 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13962 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13963
13964 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13965 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13966 addr_string, NULL,
13967 cond_string, extra_string,
13968 type_wanted, disposition,
13969 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13970 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13971 canonical->special_display);
13972 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13973 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13974 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13975 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13976 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13977 corresponds to this one */
13978 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13979
13980 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13981
13982 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13983 }
13984 }
13985
13986 static void
13987 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13988 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13989 {
13990 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13991
13992 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13993 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13994 {
13995 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13996 sals->nelts = 1;
13997 }
13998 else
13999 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14000 }
14001
14002 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14003
14004 static int
14005 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
14006 {
14007 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14008 }
14009
14010 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
14011 structures. */
14012
14013 void
14014 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14015 {
14016 struct breakpoint *b;
14017
14018 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
14019
14020 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
14021 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
14022 especial culprits.
14023
14024 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
14025 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
14026 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
14027 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
14028 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
14029 deleted.
14030
14031 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
14032 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
14033 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
14034 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
14035 was chosen. */
14036 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
14037 return;
14038
14039 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
14040 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
14041 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
14042 {
14043 struct breakpoint *related;
14044 struct watchpoint *w;
14045
14046 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14047 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
14048 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14049 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14050 else
14051 w = NULL;
14052 if (w != NULL)
14053 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
14054
14055 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
14056 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
14057 related = related->related_breakpoint);
14058 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
14059 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
14060 }
14061
14062 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
14063 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
14064 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
14065 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
14066 if (bpt->number)
14067 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
14068
14069 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
14070 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
14071
14072 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14073 if (b->next == bpt)
14074 {
14075 b->next = bpt->next;
14076 break;
14077 }
14078
14079 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
14080 been freed. */
14081 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
14082 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
14083 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
14084 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
14085 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
14086 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
14087 commands won't work. */
14088
14089 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
14090
14091 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
14092 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
14093 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
14094 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
14095 might be better design to have location completely
14096 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
14097 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14098
14099 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
14100 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
14101 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
14102 bpt->type = bp_none;
14103 xfree (bpt);
14104 }
14105
14106 static void
14107 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
14108 {
14109 delete_breakpoint (b);
14110 }
14111
14112 struct cleanup *
14113 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
14114 {
14115 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
14116 }
14117
14118 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
14119 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
14120
14121 static void
14122 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
14123 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14124 void *),
14125 void *data)
14126 {
14127 struct breakpoint *related;
14128
14129 related = b;
14130 do
14131 {
14132 struct breakpoint *next;
14133
14134 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
14135 next = related->related_breakpoint;
14136
14137 if (next == related)
14138 {
14139 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
14140 function (related, data);
14141
14142 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
14143 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
14144 out. */
14145 break;
14146 }
14147 else
14148 function (related, data);
14149
14150 related = next;
14151 }
14152 while (related != b);
14153 }
14154
14155 static void
14156 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14157 {
14158 delete_breakpoint (b);
14159 }
14160
14161 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14162 delete_breakpoint. */
14163
14164 static void
14165 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14166 {
14167 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14168 }
14169
14170 void
14171 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14172 {
14173 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14174
14175 dont_repeat ();
14176
14177 if (arg == 0)
14178 {
14179 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
14180
14181 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
14182 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
14183 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
14184 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14185 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
14186 {
14187 breaks_to_delete = 1;
14188 break;
14189 }
14190
14191 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14192 if (!from_tty
14193 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
14194 {
14195 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14196 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
14197 delete_breakpoint (b);
14198 }
14199 }
14200 else
14201 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14202 }
14203
14204 static int
14205 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
14206 {
14207 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
14208 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
14209 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14210 return 0;
14211 return 1;
14212 }
14213
14214 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
14215 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
14216 Null names are ignored. */
14217
14218 static int
14219 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
14220 {
14221 struct bp_location *l;
14222 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
14223 (int (*) (const void *,
14224 const void *)) streq,
14225 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
14226
14227 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
14228 {
14229 const char **slot;
14230 const char *name = l->function_name;
14231
14232 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
14233 if (name == NULL)
14234 continue;
14235
14236 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
14237 INSERT);
14238 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14239 returns NULL. */
14240 if (*slot != NULL)
14241 {
14242 htab_delete (htab);
14243 return 1;
14244 }
14245 *slot = name;
14246 }
14247
14248 htab_delete (htab);
14249 return 0;
14250 }
14251
14252 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14253 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14254 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14255 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14256 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14257 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14258 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14259 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14260 The heuristic is:
14261
14262 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14263 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14264 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14265 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14266 in the sources, and output a warning.
14267
14268 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14269 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14270 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14271 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14272 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14273 warning.
14274
14275 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14276 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14277 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14278 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14279 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14280 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14281 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14282 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14283 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14284
14285 static struct symtab_and_line
14286 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
14287 {
14288 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14289 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
14290 CORE_ADDR pc;
14291
14292 pc = sal.pc;
14293 if (sal.line)
14294 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
14295
14296 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
14297 {
14298 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
14299 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14300 b->number,
14301 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
14302
14303 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14304 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
14305 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
14306
14307 return sal;
14308 }
14309
14310 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14311 by string ID. */
14312 if (!sal.explicit_pc
14313 && sal.line != 0
14314 && sal.symtab != NULL
14315 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
14316 {
14317 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
14318
14319 markers
14320 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14321
14322 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
14323 {
14324 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
14325 struct symbol *sym;
14326 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
14327 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14328
14329 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
14330
14331 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14332 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
14333
14334 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14335 "found at previous line number"),
14336 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14337
14338 init_sal (&sal2);
14339
14340 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
14341
14342 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
14343 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
14344 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
14345 if (sym)
14346 {
14347 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
14348 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
14349 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
14350 }
14351 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
14352 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
14353 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
14354
14355 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
14356 {
14357 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
14358
14359 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
14360 }
14361
14362 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
14363 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
14364
14365 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
14366 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
14367
14368 xfree (b->addr_string);
14369 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14370 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
14371 b->loc->line_number);
14372
14373 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14374 so. */
14375
14376 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
14377 }
14378 }
14379 return sal;
14380 }
14381
14382 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14383 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14384
14385 static int
14386 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
14387 {
14388 while (a && b)
14389 {
14390 if (a->address != b->address)
14391 return 0;
14392
14393 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
14394 return 0;
14395
14396 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
14397 return 0;
14398
14399 a = a->next;
14400 b = b->next;
14401 }
14402
14403 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
14404 return 0;
14405
14406 return 1;
14407 }
14408
14409 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14410 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14411 a ranged breakpoint. */
14412
14413 void
14414 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
14415 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
14416 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14417 {
14418 int i;
14419 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
14420
14421 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14422 {
14423 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14424 location. */
14425 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14426 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14427 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14428 "multiple locations found\n"),
14429 b->number);
14430 return;
14431 }
14432
14433 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14434 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14435 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14436 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14437 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14438 individual locations. */
14439 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
14440 return;
14441
14442 b->loc = NULL;
14443
14444 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14445 {
14446 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14447
14448 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14449
14450 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14451
14452 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14453 old symtab. */
14454 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14455 {
14456 const char *s;
14457 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14458
14459 s = b->cond_string;
14460 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14461 {
14462 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14463 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14464 0);
14465 }
14466 if (e.reason < 0)
14467 {
14468 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14469 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14470 b->number, e.message);
14471 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14472 }
14473 }
14474
14475 if (sals_end.nelts)
14476 {
14477 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14478
14479 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14480 }
14481 }
14482
14483 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14484 breakpoints. */
14485 {
14486 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14487 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14488 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14489 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14490 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14491 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14492 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14493
14494 for (; e; e = e->next)
14495 {
14496 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14497 {
14498 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14499 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14500 {
14501 for (; l; l = l->next)
14502 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14503 {
14504 l->enabled = 0;
14505 break;
14506 }
14507 }
14508 else
14509 {
14510 for (; l; l = l->next)
14511 if (l->function_name
14512 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14513 {
14514 l->enabled = 0;
14515 break;
14516 }
14517 }
14518 }
14519 }
14520 }
14521
14522 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14523 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14524
14525 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14526 }
14527
14528 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14529 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14530
14531 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14532 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14533 {
14534 char *s;
14535 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14536 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14537
14538 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14539 s = addr_string;
14540
14541 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14542 {
14543 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14544 }
14545 if (e.reason < 0)
14546 {
14547 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14548 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14549 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14550 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14551 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14552 state, then user already saw the message about that
14553 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14554 errors. */
14555 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14556 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14557 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14558 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14559 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14560 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14561
14562 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14563 {
14564 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14565 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14566 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14567 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14568 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14569 which approach is better. */
14570 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14571 throw_exception (e);
14572 }
14573 }
14574
14575 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14576 {
14577 int i;
14578
14579 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14580 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14581 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14582 {
14583 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14584 int thread, task;
14585
14586 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14587 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14588 &extra_string);
14589 if (cond_string)
14590 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14591 b->thread = thread;
14592 b->task = task;
14593 if (extra_string)
14594 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14595 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14596 }
14597
14598 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14599 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14600
14601 *found = 1;
14602 }
14603 else
14604 *found = 0;
14605
14606 return sals;
14607 }
14608
14609 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14610 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14611 locations. */
14612
14613 static void
14614 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14615 {
14616 int found;
14617 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14618 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14619 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14620
14621 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14622 if (found)
14623 {
14624 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14625 expanded = sals;
14626 }
14627
14628 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14629 {
14630 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14631 if (found)
14632 {
14633 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14634 expanded_end = sals_end;
14635 }
14636 }
14637
14638 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14639 }
14640
14641 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14642 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14643
14644 static void
14645 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14646 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14647 enum bptype type_wanted,
14648 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14649 {
14650 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14651 }
14652
14653 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14654 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14655 breakpoint_ops. */
14656
14657 static void
14658 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14659 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14660 char *cond_string,
14661 char *extra_string,
14662 enum bptype type_wanted,
14663 enum bpdisp disposition,
14664 int thread,
14665 int task, int ignore_count,
14666 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14667 int from_tty, int enabled,
14668 int internal, unsigned flags)
14669 {
14670 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14671 extra_string,
14672 type_wanted, disposition,
14673 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14674 enabled, internal, flags);
14675 }
14676
14677 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14678 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14679
14680 static void
14681 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14682 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14683 {
14684 struct linespec_result canonical;
14685
14686 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14687 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14688 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14689 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14690 b->filter);
14691
14692 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14693 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14694
14695 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14696 {
14697 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14698
14699 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14700 *sals = lsal->sals;
14701 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14702 contents. */
14703 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14704 }
14705
14706 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14707 }
14708
14709 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14710
14711 static struct cleanup *
14712 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14713 {
14714 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14715
14716 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14717 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14718 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14719 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14720 set_language (b->language);
14721
14722 return cleanups;
14723 }
14724
14725 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14726 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14727 Unused in this case. */
14728
14729 static int
14730 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14731 {
14732 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14733 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14734 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14735
14736 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14737 b->ops->re_set (b);
14738 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14739 return 0;
14740 }
14741
14742 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14743 void
14744 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14745 {
14746 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14747 enum language save_language;
14748 int save_input_radix;
14749 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14750
14751 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14752 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14753 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14754
14755 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14756 {
14757 /* Format possible error msg. */
14758 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14759 b->number);
14760 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14761 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14762 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14763 }
14764 set_language (save_language);
14765 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14766
14767 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14768
14769 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14770
14771 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14772 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14773 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14774 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14775 }
14776 \f
14777 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14778
14779 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14780 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14781 void
14782 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14783 {
14784 if (b->thread != -1)
14785 {
14786 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14787 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14788
14789 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14790 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14791 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14792 as well. */
14793 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14794 }
14795 }
14796
14797 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14798 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14799 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14800
14801 void
14802 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14803 {
14804 struct breakpoint *b;
14805
14806 if (count < 0)
14807 count = 0;
14808
14809 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14810 if (b->number == bptnum)
14811 {
14812 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14813 {
14814 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14815 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14816 bptnum);
14817 return;
14818 }
14819
14820 b->ignore_count = count;
14821 if (from_tty)
14822 {
14823 if (count == 0)
14824 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14825 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14826 bptnum);
14827 else if (count == 1)
14828 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14829 bptnum);
14830 else
14831 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14832 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14833 count, bptnum);
14834 }
14835 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14836 return;
14837 }
14838
14839 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14840 }
14841
14842 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14843
14844 static void
14845 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14846 {
14847 char *p = args;
14848 int num;
14849
14850 if (p == 0)
14851 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14852
14853 num = get_number (&p);
14854 if (num == 0)
14855 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14856 if (*p == 0)
14857 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14858
14859 set_ignore_count (num,
14860 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14861 from_tty);
14862 if (from_tty)
14863 printf_filtered ("\n");
14864 }
14865 \f
14866 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14867 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14868
14869 static void
14870 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14871 void *),
14872 void *data)
14873 {
14874 int num;
14875 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14876 int match;
14877 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14878
14879 if (args == 0 || *args == '\0')
14880 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14881
14882 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14883
14884 while (!state.finished)
14885 {
14886 const char *p = state.string;
14887
14888 match = 0;
14889
14890 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14891 if (num == 0)
14892 {
14893 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14894 }
14895 else
14896 {
14897 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14898 if (b->number == num)
14899 {
14900 match = 1;
14901 function (b, data);
14902 break;
14903 }
14904 if (match == 0)
14905 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14906 }
14907 }
14908 }
14909
14910 static struct bp_location *
14911 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14912 {
14913 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14914 char *p1;
14915 int bp_num;
14916 int loc_num;
14917 struct breakpoint *b;
14918 struct bp_location *loc;
14919
14920 *dot = '\0';
14921
14922 p1 = number;
14923 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14924 if (bp_num == 0)
14925 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14926
14927 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14928 if (b->number == bp_num)
14929 {
14930 break;
14931 }
14932
14933 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14934 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14935
14936 p1 = dot+1;
14937 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14938 if (loc_num == 0)
14939 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14940
14941 --loc_num;
14942 loc = b->loc;
14943 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14944 ;
14945 if (!loc)
14946 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14947
14948 return loc;
14949 }
14950
14951
14952 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14953 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14954 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14955
14956 void
14957 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14958 {
14959 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14960 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14961 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14962 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14963 return;
14964
14965 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14966
14967 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14968 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14969
14970 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14971 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14972 {
14973 struct bp_location *location;
14974
14975 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14976 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14977 }
14978
14979 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14980
14981 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14982 }
14983
14984 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14985
14986 static void
14987 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14988 {
14989 disable_breakpoint (b);
14990 }
14991
14992 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14993 disable_breakpoint. */
14994
14995 static void
14996 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14997 {
14998 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14999 }
15000
15001 static void
15002 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15003 {
15004 if (args == 0)
15005 {
15006 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15007
15008 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15009 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
15010 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
15011 }
15012 else
15013 {
15014 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
15015
15016 while (num)
15017 {
15018 if (strchr (num, '.'))
15019 {
15020 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
15021
15022 if (loc)
15023 {
15024 if (loc->enabled)
15025 {
15026 loc->enabled = 0;
15027 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
15028 }
15029 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15030 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
15031 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
15032 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
15033 }
15034 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
15035 }
15036 else
15037 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
15038 num = extract_arg (&args);
15039 }
15040 }
15041 }
15042
15043 static void
15044 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
15045 int count)
15046 {
15047 int target_resources_ok;
15048
15049 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
15050 {
15051 int i;
15052 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
15053 target_resources_ok =
15054 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
15055 i + 1, 0);
15056 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
15057 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
15058 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
15059 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
15060 }
15061
15062 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
15063 {
15064 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
15065 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
15066 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
15067
15068 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15069 {
15070 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
15071
15072 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
15073 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
15074 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
15075 }
15076 if (e.reason < 0)
15077 {
15078 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
15079 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
15080 bpt->number);
15081 return;
15082 }
15083 }
15084
15085 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
15086
15087 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
15088 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
15089
15090 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15091 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
15092 {
15093 struct bp_location *location;
15094
15095 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
15096 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
15097 }
15098
15099 bpt->disposition = disposition;
15100 bpt->enable_count = count;
15101 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
15102
15103 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
15104 }
15105
15106
15107 void
15108 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
15109 {
15110 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
15111 }
15112
15113 static void
15114 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
15115 {
15116 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
15117 }
15118
15119 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
15120 enable_breakpoint. */
15121
15122 static void
15123 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
15124 {
15125 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
15126 }
15127
15128 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
15129 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
15130 in stopping the inferior. */
15131
15132 static void
15133 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15134 {
15135 if (args == 0)
15136 {
15137 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15138
15139 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15140 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
15141 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
15142 }
15143 else
15144 {
15145 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
15146
15147 while (num)
15148 {
15149 if (strchr (num, '.'))
15150 {
15151 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
15152
15153 if (loc)
15154 {
15155 if (!loc->enabled)
15156 {
15157 loc->enabled = 1;
15158 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
15159 }
15160 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15161 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
15162 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
15163 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
15164 }
15165 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
15166 }
15167 else
15168 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
15169 num = extract_arg (&args);
15170 }
15171 }
15172 }
15173
15174 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
15175 breakpoints. */
15176
15177 struct disp_data
15178 {
15179 enum bpdisp disp;
15180 int count;
15181 };
15182
15183 static void
15184 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
15185 {
15186 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
15187
15188 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
15189 }
15190
15191 static void
15192 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15193 {
15194 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
15195
15196 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15197 }
15198
15199 static void
15200 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15201 {
15202 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
15203 }
15204
15205 static void
15206 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
15207 {
15208 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
15209
15210 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15211 }
15212
15213 static void
15214 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15215 {
15216 int count;
15217
15218 if (args == NULL)
15219 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
15220
15221 count = get_number (&args);
15222
15223 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
15224 }
15225
15226 static void
15227 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15228 {
15229 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
15230
15231 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15232 }
15233
15234 static void
15235 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15236 {
15237 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15238 }
15239 \f
15240 static void
15241 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15242 {
15243 }
15244
15245 static void
15246 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15247 {
15248 }
15249
15250 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15251 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15252 GDB itself. */
15253
15254 static void
15255 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
15256 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
15257 const bfd_byte *data)
15258 {
15259 struct breakpoint *bp;
15260
15261 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15262 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
15263 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
15264 {
15265 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
15266
15267 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
15268 {
15269 struct bp_location *loc;
15270
15271 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
15272 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15273 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
15274 && addr + len > loc->address)
15275 {
15276 value_free (wp->val);
15277 wp->val = NULL;
15278 wp->val_valid = 0;
15279 }
15280 }
15281 }
15282 }
15283
15284 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15285
15286 void
15287 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
15288 struct address_space *aspace,
15289 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
15290 {
15291 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
15292 struct symtab_and_line sal;
15293 CORE_ADDR pc = next_pc;
15294
15295 if (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints == NULL)
15296 {
15297 tp->control.single_step_breakpoints
15298 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp->num, gdbarch);
15299 }
15300
15301 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
15302 sal.pc = pc;
15303 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
15304 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
15305 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints, &sal);
15306
15307 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
15308 }
15309
15310 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15311
15312 int
15313 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint *bp,
15314 struct address_space *aspace,
15315 CORE_ADDR pc)
15316 {
15317 struct bp_location *loc;
15318
15319 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
15320 if (loc->inserted
15321 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
15322 return 1;
15323
15324 return 0;
15325 }
15326
15327 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15328 PC. */
15329
15330 int
15331 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15332 CORE_ADDR pc)
15333 {
15334 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15335
15336 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15337 {
15338 if (bpt->type == bp_single_step
15339 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt, aspace, pc))
15340 return 1;
15341 }
15342 return 0;
15343 }
15344
15345 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15346 non-zero otherwise. */
15347 static int
15348 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
15349 {
15350 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
15351 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
15352 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
15353 return 1;
15354 else
15355 return 0;
15356 }
15357
15358 int
15359 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15360 {
15361 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15362 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15363
15364 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
15365 }
15366
15367 int
15368 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
15369 {
15370 struct breakpoint *bp;
15371
15372 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15373 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
15374 {
15375 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
15376
15377 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
15378 {
15379 int i, iter;
15380 for (i = 0;
15381 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
15382 i++)
15383 if (syscall_number == iter)
15384 return 1;
15385 }
15386 else
15387 return 1;
15388 }
15389
15390 return 0;
15391 }
15392
15393 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15394 static VEC (char_ptr) *
15395 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15396 const char *text, const char *word)
15397 {
15398 const char **list = get_syscall_names (get_current_arch ());
15399 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15400 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15401
15402 xfree (list);
15403 return retlist;
15404 }
15405
15406 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15407
15408 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15409 static void
15410 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15411 {
15412 tracepoint_count = num;
15413 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15414 }
15415
15416 static void
15417 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15418 {
15419 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15420 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15421
15422 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15423 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15424 else
15425 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15426
15427 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15428 arg,
15429 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15430 0 /* tempflag */,
15431 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15432 0 /* Ignore count */,
15433 pending_break_support,
15434 ops,
15435 from_tty,
15436 1 /* enabled */,
15437 0 /* internal */, 0);
15438 }
15439
15440 static void
15441 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15442 {
15443 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15444 arg,
15445 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15446 0 /* tempflag */,
15447 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15448 0 /* Ignore count */,
15449 pending_break_support,
15450 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15451 from_tty,
15452 1 /* enabled */,
15453 0 /* internal */, 0);
15454 }
15455
15456 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15457
15458 static void
15459 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15460 {
15461 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15462
15463 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15464 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15465 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15466 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15467 else
15468 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15469
15470 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15471 arg,
15472 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15473 0 /* tempflag */,
15474 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15475 0 /* Ignore count */,
15476 pending_break_support,
15477 ops,
15478 from_tty,
15479 1 /* enabled */,
15480 0 /* internal */, 0);
15481 }
15482
15483 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15484 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15485
15486 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15487 static int next_cmd;
15488
15489 static char *
15490 read_uploaded_action (void)
15491 {
15492 char *rslt;
15493
15494 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15495
15496 next_cmd++;
15497
15498 return rslt;
15499 }
15500
15501 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15502 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15503 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15504 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15505 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15506
15507 struct tracepoint *
15508 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15509 {
15510 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15511 struct tracepoint *tp;
15512
15513 if (utp->at_string)
15514 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15515 else
15516 {
15517 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15518 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15519 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15520 user. */
15521 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15522 "source location, using raw address"),
15523 utp->number);
15524 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15525 addr_str = small_buf;
15526 }
15527
15528 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15529 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15530 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15531 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15532 utp->number);
15533
15534 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15535 addr_str,
15536 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15537 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15538 0 /* tempflag */,
15539 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15540 0 /* Ignore count */,
15541 pending_break_support,
15542 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15543 0 /* from_tty */,
15544 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15545 0 /* internal */,
15546 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15547 return NULL;
15548
15549 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15550 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15551 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15552
15553 if (utp->pass > 0)
15554 {
15555 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15556 tp->base.number);
15557
15558 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15559 }
15560
15561 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15562 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15563 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15564 function. */
15565 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15566 {
15567 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15568
15569 this_utp = utp;
15570 next_cmd = 0;
15571
15572 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15573
15574 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15575 }
15576 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15577 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15578 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15579 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15580 utp->number);
15581
15582 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15583 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15584 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15585
15586 return tp;
15587 }
15588
15589 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15590 omitted. */
15591
15592 static void
15593 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15594 {
15595 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15596 int num_printed;
15597
15598 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15599
15600 if (num_printed == 0)
15601 {
15602 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15603 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15604 else
15605 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15606 }
15607
15608 default_collect_info ();
15609 }
15610
15611 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15612 Not supported by all targets. */
15613 static void
15614 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15615 {
15616 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15617 }
15618
15619 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15620 Not supported by all targets. */
15621 static void
15622 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15623 {
15624 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15625 }
15626
15627 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15628 static void
15629 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15630 {
15631 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15632
15633 dont_repeat ();
15634
15635 if (arg == 0)
15636 {
15637 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15638
15639 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15640 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15641 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15642 argument. */
15643 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15644 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15645 {
15646 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15647 break;
15648 }
15649
15650 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15651 if (!from_tty
15652 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15653 {
15654 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15655 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15656 delete_breakpoint (b);
15657 }
15658 }
15659 else
15660 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15661 }
15662
15663 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15664
15665 static void
15666 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15667 {
15668 tp->pass_count = count;
15669 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15670 if (from_tty)
15671 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15672 tp->base.number, count);
15673 }
15674
15675 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15676
15677 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15678 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15679 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15680
15681 static void
15682 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15683 {
15684 struct tracepoint *t1;
15685 unsigned int count;
15686
15687 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15688 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15689 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15690
15691 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15692
15693 args = skip_spaces (args);
15694 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15695 {
15696 struct breakpoint *b;
15697
15698 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15699 if (*args)
15700 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15701
15702 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15703 {
15704 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15705 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15706 }
15707 }
15708 else if (*args == '\0')
15709 {
15710 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL);
15711 if (t1)
15712 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15713 }
15714 else
15715 {
15716 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15717
15718 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15719 while (!state.finished)
15720 {
15721 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state);
15722 if (t1)
15723 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15724 }
15725 }
15726 }
15727
15728 struct tracepoint *
15729 get_tracepoint (int num)
15730 {
15731 struct breakpoint *t;
15732
15733 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15734 if (t->number == num)
15735 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15736
15737 return NULL;
15738 }
15739
15740 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15741 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15742 reconnecting). */
15743
15744 struct tracepoint *
15745 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15746 {
15747 struct breakpoint *b;
15748
15749 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15750 {
15751 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15752
15753 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15754 return t;
15755 }
15756
15757 return NULL;
15758 }
15759
15760 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15761 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15762 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15763 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15764
15765 struct tracepoint *
15766 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15767 struct get_number_or_range_state *state)
15768 {
15769 struct breakpoint *t;
15770 int tpnum;
15771 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15772
15773 if (state)
15774 {
15775 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15776 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15777 }
15778 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15779 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15780 else
15781 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15782
15783 if (tpnum <= 0)
15784 {
15785 if (instring && *instring)
15786 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15787 instring);
15788 else
15789 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15790 return NULL;
15791 }
15792
15793 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15794 if (t->number == tpnum)
15795 {
15796 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15797 }
15798
15799 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15800 return NULL;
15801 }
15802
15803 void
15804 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15805 {
15806 if (b->thread != -1)
15807 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15808
15809 if (b->task != 0)
15810 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15811
15812 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15813 }
15814
15815 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15816 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15817 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15818 non-zero. */
15819
15820 static void
15821 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15822 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15823 {
15824 struct breakpoint *tp;
15825 int any = 0;
15826 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15827 struct ui_file *fp;
15828 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15829
15830 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15831 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15832
15833 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15834 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15835 {
15836 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15837 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15838 continue;
15839
15840 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15841 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15842 continue;
15843
15844 any = 1;
15845
15846 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15847 {
15848 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15849
15850 /* We can stop searching. */
15851 break;
15852 }
15853 }
15854
15855 if (!any)
15856 {
15857 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15858 return;
15859 }
15860
15861 filename = tilde_expand (filename);
15862 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, filename);
15863 fp = gdb_fopen (filename, "w");
15864 if (!fp)
15865 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15866 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15867 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15868
15869 if (extra_trace_bits)
15870 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15871
15872 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15873 {
15874 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15875 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15876 continue;
15877
15878 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15879 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15880 continue;
15881
15882 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15883
15884 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15885 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15886 instead. */
15887
15888 if (tp->cond_string)
15889 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15890
15891 if (tp->ignore_count)
15892 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15893
15894 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15895 {
15896 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15897
15898 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15899
15900 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15901 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15902 {
15903 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15904 }
15905 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15906
15907 if (ex.reason < 0)
15908 throw_exception (ex);
15909
15910 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15911 }
15912
15913 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15914 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum\n");
15915
15916 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15917 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15918 special, and not user visible. */
15919 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15920 {
15921 struct bp_location *loc;
15922 int n = 1;
15923
15924 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15925 if (!loc->enabled)
15926 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15927 }
15928 }
15929
15930 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15931 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15932
15933 if (from_tty)
15934 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15935 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15936 }
15937
15938 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15939
15940 static void
15941 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15942 {
15943 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15944 }
15945
15946 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15947
15948 static void
15949 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15950 {
15951 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15952 }
15953
15954 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15955
15956 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15957 all_tracepoints (void)
15958 {
15959 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15960 struct breakpoint *tp;
15961
15962 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15963 {
15964 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15965 }
15966
15967 return tp_vec;
15968 }
15969
15970 \f
15971 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15972 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15973 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15974 command. */
15975 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15976 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15977 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15978 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15979 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15980 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15981 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15982 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15983 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15984 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15985 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15986 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15987 \n\
15988 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15989 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15990 \n\
15991 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15992 conditions are different.\n\
15993 \n\
15994 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15995
15996 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15997 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15998
15999 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
16000 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
16001
16002 void
16003 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
16004 cmd_sfunc_ftype *sfunc,
16005 completer_ftype *completer,
16006 void *user_data_catch,
16007 void *user_data_tcatch)
16008 {
16009 struct cmd_list_element *command;
16010
16011 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
16012 &catch_cmdlist);
16013 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
16014 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
16015 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
16016
16017 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
16018 &tcatch_cmdlist);
16019 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
16020 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
16021 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
16022 }
16023
16024 static void
16025 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
16026 {
16027 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
16028 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
16029
16030 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
16031 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
16032 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
16033 }
16034
16035 static void
16036 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
16037 {
16038 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
16039 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
16040 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", all_commands, gdb_stdout);
16041 }
16042
16043 struct breakpoint *
16044 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
16045 void *data)
16046 {
16047 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
16048
16049 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
16050 {
16051 if ((*callback) (b, data))
16052 return b;
16053 }
16054
16055 return NULL;
16056 }
16057
16058 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
16059 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
16060
16061 static int
16062 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
16063 {
16064 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
16065 non-inline function. */
16066 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
16067 return 1;
16068
16069 return 0;
16070 }
16071
16072 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
16073 have been inlined. */
16074
16075 int
16076 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
16077 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
16078 {
16079 struct breakpoint *b;
16080 struct bp_location *bl;
16081
16082 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
16083 {
16084 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
16085 continue;
16086
16087 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
16088 {
16089 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
16090 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
16091 return 1;
16092 }
16093 }
16094
16095 return 0;
16096 }
16097
16098 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
16099
16100 void
16101 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
16102 {
16103 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
16104
16105 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
16106 if (loc->symtab != NULL && SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc->symtab) == objfile)
16107 loc->symtab = NULL;
16108 }
16109
16110 void
16111 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
16112 {
16113 static int initialized = 0;
16114
16115 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
16116
16117 if (initialized)
16118 return;
16119 initialized = 1;
16120
16121 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
16122 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
16123 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
16124 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16125 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16126 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
16127 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
16128 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
16129 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
16130 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
16131 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
16132 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
16133
16134 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
16135 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16136 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16137 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
16138 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16139 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16140 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16141 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
16142
16143 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
16144 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
16145 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16146 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
16147 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
16148 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
16149 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
16150 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
16151 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
16152 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
16153
16154 /* Internal breakpoints. */
16155 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
16156 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16157 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
16158 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
16159 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
16160 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
16161
16162 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16163 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16164 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16165 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
16166 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
16167 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
16168 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
16169
16170 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16171 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
16172 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16173 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
16174
16175 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16176 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16177 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16178 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
16179 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
16180 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
16181 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
16182
16183 /* Watchpoints. */
16184 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16185 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16186 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
16187 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
16188 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
16189 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
16190 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
16191 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
16192 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
16193 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
16194 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
16195 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
16196 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
16197 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
16198
16199 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16200 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16201 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16202 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
16203 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
16204 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
16205 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
16206 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
16207 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
16208 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
16209 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
16210
16211 /* Tracepoints. */
16212 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16213 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16214 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
16215 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
16216 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
16217 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
16218 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
16219 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
16220 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
16221 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
16222
16223 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16224 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16225 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16226 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
16227 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
16228
16229 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16230 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
16231 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16232 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
16233 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
16234 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
16235
16236 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16237 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
16238 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16239 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
16240 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
16241 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
16242 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
16243 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
16244 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
16245 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
16246
16247 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16248 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
16249 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16250 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
16251 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
16252 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
16253 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
16254 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
16255 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
16256 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
16257
16258 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16259 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
16260 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16261 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
16262 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
16263 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
16264 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
16265 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
16266 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
16267 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
16268 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
16269
16270 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16271 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
16272 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16273 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
16274 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
16275 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
16276 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
16277 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
16278 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
16279 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
16280 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
16281
16282 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16283 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
16284 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16285 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
16286 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
16287 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
16288 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
16289 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
16290 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
16291 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
16292 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
16293 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
16294
16295 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
16296 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16297 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
16298 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16299 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16300 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16301 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
16302 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
16303 ops->breakpoint_hit = dprintf_breakpoint_hit;
16304 }
16305
16306 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16307
16308 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
16309
16310 void
16311 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16312 {
16313 struct cmd_list_element *c;
16314
16315 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16316
16317 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
16318 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
16319 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
16320 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
16321
16322 breakpoint_objfile_key
16323 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
16324
16325 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16326 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
16327 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
16328
16329 breakpoint_chain = 0;
16330 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16331 before a breakpoint is set. */
16332 breakpoint_count = 0;
16333
16334 tracepoint_count = 0;
16335
16336 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16337 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16338 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16339 if (xdb_commands)
16340 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
16341
16342 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16343 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16344 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16345 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16346 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16347 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16348 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16349 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16350
16351 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16352 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16353 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16354 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16355 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16356
16357 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16358 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16359 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16360 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16361 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16362 \n"
16363 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16364 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16365
16366 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16367 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16368 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16369 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16370 \n"
16371 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16372 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16373
16374 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16375 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16376 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16377 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16378 \n"
16379 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16380 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16381
16382 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16383 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16384 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16385 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16386 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16387 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16388 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16389 if (xdb_commands)
16390 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16391 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16392 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16393 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16394 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16395 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16396
16397 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16398
16399 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16400 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16401 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16402 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16403 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16404 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16405
16406 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16407 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16408 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16409 &enablebreaklist);
16410
16411 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16412 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16413 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16414 &enablebreaklist);
16415
16416 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16417 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16418 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16419 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16420 &enablebreaklist);
16421
16422 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16423 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16424 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16425 &enablelist);
16426
16427 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16428 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16429 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16430 &enablelist);
16431
16432 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16433 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16434 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16435 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16436 &enablelist);
16437
16438 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16439 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16440 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16441 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16442 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16443 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16444 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16445 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16446 if (xdb_commands)
16447 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16448 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16449 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16450 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16451 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16452
16453 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16454 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16455 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16456 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16457 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16458 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16459 &disablelist);
16460
16461 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16462 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16463 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16464 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16465 \n\
16466 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16467 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16468 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16469 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16470 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16471 if (xdb_commands)
16472 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16473 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16474 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16475 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16476
16477 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16478 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16479 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16480 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16481 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16482 &deletelist);
16483
16484 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16485 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16486 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16487 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16488 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16489 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16490 \n\
16491 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16492 is executing in.\n\
16493 \n\
16494 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16495 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16496
16497 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16498 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16499 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16500 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16501
16502 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16503 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16504 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16505 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16506
16507 if (xdb_commands)
16508 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16509
16510 if (dbx_commands)
16511 {
16512 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16513 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16514 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16515 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16516 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16517 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16518 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16519 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16520 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16521 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16522 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16523 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16524 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16525 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16526 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16527 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16528 \n\
16529 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16530 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16531 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16532 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16533 breakpoint set."));
16534 }
16535
16536 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16537 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16538 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16539 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16540 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16541 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16542 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16543 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16544 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16545 \n\
16546 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16547 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16548 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16549 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16550 breakpoint set."));
16551
16552 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16553
16554 if (xdb_commands)
16555 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16556 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16557 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16558 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16559 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16560 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16561 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16562 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16563 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16564 \n\
16565 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16566 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16567 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16568 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16569 breakpoint set."));
16570
16571 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16572 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16573 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16574 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16575 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16576 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16577 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16578 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16579 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16580 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16581 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16582 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16583 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16584 \n\
16585 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16586 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16587 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16588 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16589 breakpoint set."),
16590 &maintenanceinfolist);
16591
16592 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16593 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16594 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16595 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16596
16597 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16598 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16599 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16600 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16601
16602 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16603 catch_fork_command_1,
16604 NULL,
16605 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16606 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16607 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16608 catch_fork_command_1,
16609 NULL,
16610 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16611 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16612 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16613 catch_exec_command_1,
16614 NULL,
16615 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16616 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16617 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16618 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16619 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16620 catch_load_command_1,
16621 NULL,
16622 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16623 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16624 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16625 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16626 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16627 catch_unload_command_1,
16628 NULL,
16629 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16630 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16631 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16632 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16633 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16634 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16635 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16636 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16637 catch_syscall_command_1,
16638 catch_syscall_completer,
16639 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16640 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16641
16642 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16643 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16644 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16645 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16646 an expression changes.\n\
16647 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16648 the memory to which it refers."));
16649 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16650
16651 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16652 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16653 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16654 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16655 an expression is read.\n\
16656 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16657 the memory to which it refers."));
16658 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16659
16660 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16661 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16662 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16663 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16664 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16665 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16666 the memory to which it refers."));
16667 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16668
16669 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16670 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16671
16672 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16673 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16674 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16675 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16676 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16677 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16678 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16679 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16680 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16681 hardware.)"),
16682 NULL,
16683 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16684 &setlist, &showlist);
16685
16686 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16687
16688 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16689
16690 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16691 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16692 \n"
16693 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16694 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16695 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16696
16697 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16698 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16699 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16700 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16701
16702 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16703 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16704 \n"
16705 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16706 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16707 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16708
16709 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16710 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16711 \n\
16712 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16713 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16714 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16715 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16716 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16717 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16718 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16719 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16720 the selected stack frame.\n\
16721 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16722 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16723 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16724 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16725 \n\
16726 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16727 \n\
16728 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16729 conditions are different.\n\
16730 \n\
16731 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16732 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16733 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16734
16735 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16736 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16737 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16738 last tracepoint set."));
16739
16740 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16741
16742 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16743 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16744 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16745 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16746 &deletelist);
16747 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16748
16749 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16750 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16751 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16752 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16753 &disablelist);
16754 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16755
16756 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16757 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16758 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16759 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16760 &enablelist);
16761 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16762
16763 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16764 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16765 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16766 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16767 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16768
16769 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16770 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16771 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16772 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16773
16774 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16775 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16776 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16777 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16778 session to restore them."),
16779 &save_cmdlist);
16780 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16781
16782 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16783 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16784 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16785 &save_cmdlist);
16786 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16787
16788 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16789 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16790
16791 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16792 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16793 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16794 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16795 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16796 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16797 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16798 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16799 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16800 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16801 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16802 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16803
16804 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16805 &pending_break_support, _("\
16806 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16807 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16808 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16809 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16810 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16811 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16812 NULL,
16813 show_pending_break_support,
16814 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16815 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16816
16817 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16818
16819 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16820 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16821 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16822 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16823 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16824 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16825 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16826 NULL,
16827 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16828 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16829 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16830
16831 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16832 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16833 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16834 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16835 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16836 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16837 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16838 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16839 when execution stops."),
16840 NULL,
16841 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16842 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16843 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16844
16845 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16846 condition_evaluation_enums,
16847 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16848 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16849 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16850 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16851 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16852 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16853 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16854 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16855 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16856 be set to \"gdb\""),
16857 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16858 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16859 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16860 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16861
16862 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16863 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16864 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16865 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16866 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16867 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16868 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16869 or the start of the range\n\
16870 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16871 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16872 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16873 \n\
16874 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16875 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16876 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16877
16878 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16879 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16880 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16881 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16882 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16883 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16884 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16885
16886 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16887 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16888 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16889 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16890 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16891 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16892 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16893 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16894 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16895 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16896 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16897 &setlist, &showlist);
16898
16899 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16900 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16901 &dprintf_function, _("\
16902 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16903 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16904 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16905 &setlist, &showlist);
16906
16907 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16908 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16909 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16910 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16911 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16912 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16913 &setlist, &showlist);
16914
16915 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16916 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16917 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16918 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16919 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16920 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16921 NULL,
16922 NULL,
16923 &setlist, &showlist);
16924
16925 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16926 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16927 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16928
16929 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16930
16931 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16932 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints);
16933 }
This page took 0.645748 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.